SemaDecl.cpp revision dccd04d8611b9d25fd17444f20566773e657a7e6
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 862 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 863 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 864 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 865 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 866 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 867 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 868 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 869 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 870 return ParsedType::make(T); 871 } 872 873 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 874 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 875 876 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 877 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 878} 879 880// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 881// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 882// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 883DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 884 885 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 886 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 887 // the context we'll need to return to. 888 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 889 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 890 891 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 892 // lexical context. 893 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 894 return DC; 895 896 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 897 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 898 // class is the context we need to return to. 899 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 900 DC = RD; 901 902 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 903 // declared in. 904 return DC; 905 } 906 907 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 908} 909 910void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 911 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 912 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 913 CurContext = DC; 914 S->setEntity(DC); 915} 916 917void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 918 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 919 920 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 921 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 922} 923 924/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 925/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 926/// 927void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 928 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 929 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 930 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 931 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 932 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 933 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 934 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 935 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 936 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 937 // namespace. 938 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 939 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 940 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 941 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 942 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 943 944 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 945 946#ifndef NDEBUG 947 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 948 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 949 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 950#endif 951 952 CurContext = DC; 953 S->setEntity(DC); 954} 955 956void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 957 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 958 959 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 960 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 961 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 962 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 963 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 964 965 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 966 // disappear. 967} 968 969 970void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 971 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 972 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 973 // We assume that the caller has already called 974 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 975 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 976 } 977 if (!FD) 978 return; 979 980 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 981 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 982 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 983 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 984 CurContext = FD; 985 S->setEntity(CurContext); 986 987 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 988 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 989 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 990 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 991 S->AddDecl(Param); 992 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 993 } 994 } 995} 996 997 998void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 999 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1000 // rather than the top-level class. 1001 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1002 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1003 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1004} 1005 1006 1007/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1008/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1009/// 1010/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1011/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1012/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1013/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1014/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1015/// attribute. 1016static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1017 ASTContext &Context) { 1018 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1019 return true; 1020 1021 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1022 return true; 1023 1024 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1025 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1026} 1027 1028/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1029void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1030 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1031 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1032 // scope. 1033 while (S->getEntity() && 1034 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1035 S = S->getParent(); 1036 1037 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1038 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1039 // into any context. 1040 if (AddToContext) 1041 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1042 1043 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1044 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1045 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1046 D->isOutOfLine() && 1047 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1048 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1049 return; 1050 1051 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1052 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1053 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1054 return; 1055 1056 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1057 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1058 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1059 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1060 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1061 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1062 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1063 1064 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1065 break; 1066 } 1067 } 1068 1069 S->AddDecl(D); 1070 1071 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1072 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1073 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1074 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1075 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1076 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1077 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1078 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1079 continue; 1080 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1081 break; 1082 } 1083 1084 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1085 } else { 1086 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1087 } 1088} 1089 1090void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1091 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1092 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1093} 1094 1095bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1096 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1097 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1098 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1099} 1100 1101Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1102 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1103 do { 1104 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1105 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1106 return S; 1107 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1108 1109 return 0; 1110} 1111 1112static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1113 DeclContext*, 1114 ASTContext&); 1115 1116/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1117/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1118void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1119 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1120 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1121 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1122 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1123 while (F.hasNext()) { 1124 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1125 1126 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1127 continue; 1128 1129 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1130 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1131 continue; 1132 1133 F.erase(); 1134 } 1135 1136 F.done(); 1137} 1138 1139static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1140 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1141 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1142 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1143} 1144 1145/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1146static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1147 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1148 while (F.hasNext()) 1149 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1150 F.erase(); 1151 1152 F.done(); 1153} 1154 1155/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1156/// @code 1157/// class S { 1158/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1159/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1160/// }; 1161/// @endcode 1162static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1163 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1164 // the decl here. 1165 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1166 return false; 1167 1168 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1169 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1170 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1171 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1172 return false; 1173} 1174 1175// We need this to handle 1176// 1177// typedef struct { 1178// void *foo() { return 0; } 1179// } A; 1180// 1181// When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1182// for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1183// foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end 1184// of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage. 1185// Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1186// not. 1187bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1188 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1189 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1190 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1191 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1192 return true; 1193 } 1194 DC = DC->getParent(); 1195 } 1196 1197 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1198} 1199 1200bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1201 assert(D); 1202 1203 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1204 return false; 1205 1206 // Ignore class templates. 1207 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1208 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1209 return false; 1210 1211 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1212 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1213 return false; 1214 1215 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1216 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1217 return false; 1218 } else { 1219 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1220 // Make sure we get the storage class from the canonical declaration, 1221 // since otherwise we will get spurious warnings on specialized 1222 // static template functions. 1223 if (FD->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1224 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1225 return false; 1226 } 1227 1228 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1229 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1230 return false; 1231 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1232 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1233 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1234 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1235 // intended to be used. 1236 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1237 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1238 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1239 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1240 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1241 return false; 1242 1243 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1244 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1245 return false; 1246 1247 } else { 1248 return false; 1249 } 1250 1251 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1252 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1253} 1254 1255void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1256 if (!D) 1257 return; 1258 1259 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1260 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1261 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1262 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1263 } 1264 1265 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1266 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1267 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1268 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1269 } 1270 1271 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1272 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1273} 1274 1275static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1276 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1277 return false; 1278 1279 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1280 return false; 1281 1282 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1283 return true; 1284 1285 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1286 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1287 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1288 return false; 1289 1290 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1291 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1292 1293 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1294 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1295 1296 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1297 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1298 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1299 return false; 1300 } 1301 1302 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1303 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1304 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1305 return false; 1306 1307 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1308 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1309 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1310 return false; 1311 1312 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1313 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1314 return false; 1315 1316 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1317 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1318 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1319 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1320 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1321 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1322 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1323 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1324 return false; 1325 } 1326 } 1327 } 1328 } 1329 1330 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1331 } 1332 1333 return true; 1334} 1335 1336static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1337 FixItHint &Hint) { 1338 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1339 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1340 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1341 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1342 return; 1343 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1344 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1345 } 1346 return; 1347} 1348 1349/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1350/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1351void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1352 FixItHint Hint; 1353 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1354 return; 1355 1356 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1357 1358 unsigned DiagID; 1359 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1360 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1361 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1362 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1363 else 1364 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1365 1366 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1367} 1368 1369static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1370 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1371 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1372 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1373 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1374 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1375} 1376 1377void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1378 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1379 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1380 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1381 1382 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1383 I != E; ++I) { 1384 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1385 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1386 1387 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1388 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1389 1390 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1391 1392 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1393 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1394 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1395 1396 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1397 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1398 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1399 1400 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1401 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1402 } 1403} 1404 1405void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1406 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1407} 1408 1409void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1410 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1411 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1412} 1413 1414/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1415/// 1416/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1417/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1418/// to the fixed name. 1419/// 1420/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1421/// 1422/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1423/// if there is no class with the given name. 1424/// 1425/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1426/// class could not be found. 1427ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1428 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1429 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1430 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1431 // creation from this context. 1432 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1433 1434 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1435 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1436 // find an Objective-C class name. 1437 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1438 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1439 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1440 Validator)) { 1441 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1442 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1443 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1444 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1445 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1446 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1447 1448 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1449 } 1450 } 1451 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1452 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1453 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1454 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1455 return Def; 1456} 1457 1458/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1459/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1460/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1461/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1462/// ill-formed in C++: 1463/// @code 1464/// struct S6 { 1465/// enum { BAR } e; 1466/// }; 1467/// 1468/// void test_S6() { 1469/// struct S6 a; 1470/// a.e = BAR; 1471/// } 1472/// @endcode 1473/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1474/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1475/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1476/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1477/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1478/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1479/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1480/// contain non-field names. 1481Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1482 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1483 (S->getEntity() && 1484 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1485 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1486 S = S->getParent(); 1487 return S; 1488} 1489 1490/// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1491/// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1492/// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1493/// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1494static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1495 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1496 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1497 return; 1498 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1499 1500 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1501 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1502 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1503 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1504 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1505 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1506} 1507 1508/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1509/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1510/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1511/// built-in. 1512NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1513 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1514 SourceLocation Loc) { 1515 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1516 1517 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1518 1519 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1520 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1521 switch (Error) { 1522 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1523 // Okay 1524 break; 1525 1526 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1527 if (ForRedeclaration) 1528 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1529 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1530 return 0; 1531 1532 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1533 if (ForRedeclaration) 1534 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1535 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1536 return 0; 1537 1538 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1539 if (ForRedeclaration) 1540 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1541 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1542 return 0; 1543 } 1544 1545 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1546 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1547 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1548 << R; 1549 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1550 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1551 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1552 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1553 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1554 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1555 } 1556 1557 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1558 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1559 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1560 SC_Extern, 1561 false, 1562 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1563 New->setImplicit(); 1564 1565 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1566 // FunctionDecl. 1567 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1568 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1569 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1570 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1571 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1572 SourceLocation(), 0, 1573 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1574 SC_None, 0); 1575 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1576 Params.push_back(parm); 1577 } 1578 New->setParams(Params); 1579 } 1580 1581 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1582 1583 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1584 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1585 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1586 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1587 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1588 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1589 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1590 CurContext = SavedContext; 1591 return New; 1592} 1593 1594/// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1595/// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1596/// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1597/// entity. 1598static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1599 NamedDecl *decl, 1600 LookupResult &previous){ 1601 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1602 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1603 return; 1604 1605 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1606 if (previous.empty()) 1607 return; 1608 1609 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1610 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1611 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1612 1613 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1614 if (!old->isHidden()) 1615 continue; 1616 1617 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1618 filter.erase(); 1619 } 1620 1621 filter.done(); 1622} 1623 1624bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1625 QualType OldType; 1626 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1627 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1628 else 1629 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1630 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1631 1632 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1633 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1634 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1635 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1636 << Kind << NewType; 1637 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1638 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1639 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1640 return true; 1641 } 1642 1643 if (OldType != NewType && 1644 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1645 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1646 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1647 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1648 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1649 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1650 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1651 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1652 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1653 return true; 1654 } 1655 return false; 1656} 1657 1658/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1659/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1660/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1661/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1662/// 1663void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1664 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1665 // merging checks. 1666 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1667 1668 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1669 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1670 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1671 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1672 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1673 default: break; 1674 case 2: 1675 { 1676 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1677 break; 1678 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1679 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1680 break; 1681 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1682 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1683 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1684 break; 1685 } 1686 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1687 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1688 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1689 return; 1690 } 1691 case 5: 1692 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1693 break; 1694 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1695 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1696 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1697 return; 1698 case 3: 1699 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1700 break; 1701 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1702 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1703 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1704 return; 1705 } 1706 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1707 } 1708 1709 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1710 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1711 if (!Old) { 1712 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1713 << New->getDeclName(); 1714 1715 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1716 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1717 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1718 1719 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1720 } 1721 1722 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1723 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1724 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1725 1726 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1727 // with any extensions enabled. 1728 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1729 return; 1730 1731 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1732 // declaration was a typedef. 1733 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1734 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1735 1736 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1737 return; 1738 1739 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1740 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1741 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1742 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1743 // to the type to which it already refers. 1744 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1745 return; 1746 1747 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1748 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1749 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1750 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1751 // 1752 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1753 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1754 // 1755 // struct S { 1756 // typedef struct A { } A; 1757 // }; 1758 // 1759 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1760 // allow the above but disallow 1761 // 1762 // struct S { 1763 // typedef int I; 1764 // typedef int I; 1765 // }; 1766 // 1767 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1768 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1769 return; 1770 1771 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1772 << New->getDeclName(); 1773 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1774 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1775 } 1776 1777 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1778 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1779 return; 1780 1781 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1782 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1783 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1784 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1785 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1786 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1787 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1788 return; 1789 1790 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1791 << New->getDeclName(); 1792 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1793 return; 1794} 1795 1796/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1797/// attribute. 1798static bool 1799DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1800 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1801 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1802 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1803 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1804 if (AA) 1805 return false; 1806 1807 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1808 switch (A->getKind()) { 1809 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1810 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1811 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1812 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1813 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1814 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1815 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1816 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1817 case attr::GuardedBy: 1818 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1819 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1820 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1821 return false; 1822 default: 1823 ; 1824 } 1825 1826 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1827 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1828 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1829 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1830 if (Ann) { 1831 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1832 return true; 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1836 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1837 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1838 return true; 1839 } 1840 1841 return false; 1842} 1843 1844static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1845 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1846 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1847 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1848 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1849 return true; 1850} 1851 1852/// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1853/// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1854/// 1855/// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1856static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1857 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1858 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1859 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1860 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1861 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1862 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1863 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1864 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1865 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1866 // in a case like: 1867 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1868 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1869 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1870 // definition in such a case. 1871 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1872 return false; 1873 1874 if (I->isAlignas()) 1875 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1876 1877 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1878 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1879 OldAlign = Align; 1880 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1881 } 1882 } 1883 1884 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1885 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1886 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1887 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1888 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1889 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1890 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1891 return false; 1892 1893 if (I->isAlignas()) 1894 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1895 1896 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1897 if (Align > NewAlign) 1898 NewAlign = Align; 1899 } 1900 1901 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1902 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1903 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1904 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1905 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1906 1907 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1908 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1909 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1910 QualType Ty; 1911 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1912 Ty = VD->getType(); 1913 else 1914 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1915 1916 if (OldAlign == 0) 1917 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1918 if (NewAlign == 0) 1919 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1920 } 1921 1922 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1923 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1924 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1925 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1926 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1927 } 1928 } 1929 1930 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1931 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1932 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1933 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1934 // equivalent alignment. 1935 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1936 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1937 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1938 // have no alignment specifier. 1939 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1940 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1941 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1942 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1943 } 1944 1945 bool AnyAdded = false; 1946 1947 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1948 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1949 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1950 Clone->setInherited(true); 1951 New->addAttr(Clone); 1952 AnyAdded = true; 1953 } 1954 1955 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1956 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1957 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1958 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1959 Clone->setInherited(true); 1960 New->addAttr(Clone); 1961 AnyAdded = true; 1962 } 1963 1964 return AnyAdded; 1965} 1966 1967static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1968 bool Override) { 1969 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1970 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1971 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1972 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1973 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1974 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1975 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1976 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1977 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1978 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1979 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1980 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1981 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1982 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1983 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1984 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1985 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1986 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1987 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1988 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1989 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1990 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1991 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1992 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1993 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1994 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1995 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1996 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 1997 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 1998 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 1999 NewAttr = 0; 2000 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2001 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2002 2003 if (NewAttr) { 2004 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2005 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2006 return true; 2007 } 2008 2009 return false; 2010} 2011 2012static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2013 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2014 return TD->getDefinition(); 2015 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2016 return VD->getDefinition(); 2017 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2018 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2019 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 2020 return Def; 2021 } 2022 return NULL; 2023} 2024 2025static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2026 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2027 I != E; ++I) { 2028 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2029 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2030 return true; 2031 } 2032 return false; 2033} 2034 2035/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2036/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2037static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2038 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2039 return; 2040 2041 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2042 if (!Def || Def == New) 2043 return; 2044 2045 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2046 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2047 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2048 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2049 ++I; 2050 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2051 } 2052 2053 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2054 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2055 ++I; 2056 continue; 2057 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2058 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2059 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2060 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2061 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2062 // equivalent alignment. 2063 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2064 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2065 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2066 // have no alignment specifier. 2067 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2068 << AA->isC11(); 2069 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2070 << AA->isC11(); 2071 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2072 --E; 2073 continue; 2074 } 2075 } 2076 2077 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2078 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2079 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2080 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2081 --E; 2082 } 2083} 2084 2085/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2086void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2087 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2088 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2089 return; 2090 2091 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2092 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2093 2094 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2095 return; 2096 2097 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2098 2099 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2100 // we process them. 2101 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2102 2103 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2104 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2105 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2106 i != e; ++i) { 2107 bool Override = false; 2108 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2109 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2110 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2111 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2112 switch (AMK) { 2113 case AMK_None: 2114 continue; 2115 2116 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2117 break; 2118 2119 case AMK_Override: 2120 Override = true; 2121 break; 2122 } 2123 } 2124 2125 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2126 foundAny = true; 2127 } 2128 2129 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2130 foundAny = true; 2131 2132 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2133} 2134 2135/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2136/// to the new one. 2137static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2138 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2139 Sema &S) { 2140 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2141 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2142 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2143 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2144 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2145 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2146 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2147 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2148 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2149 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2150 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2151 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); 2152 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2153 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2154 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2155 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2156 } 2157 2158 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2159 return; 2160 2161 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2162 2163 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2164 // done before we process them. 2165 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2166 2167 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2168 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2169 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2170 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2171 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2172 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2173 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2174 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2175 foundAny = true; 2176 } 2177 } 2178 2179 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2180} 2181 2182namespace { 2183 2184/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2185/// C. 2186struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2187 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2188 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2189 QualType PromotedType; 2190}; 2191 2192} 2193 2194/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2195Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2196 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2197 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2198 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2199 2200 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2201 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2202 2203 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2204 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2205 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2206 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2207 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2208 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2209 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2210 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2211 } 2212 2213 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2214} 2215 2216/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2217/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2218/// GNU89 mode. 2219static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2220 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2221 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2222 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2223 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2224 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2225} 2226 2227/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2228/// declaration? 2229static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2230 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2231 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2232 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2233 } else { 2234 // Free C function or a static method. 2235 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2236 } 2237 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2238} 2239 2240template <typename T> 2241static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2242 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2243 if (DC->isRecord()) 2244 return false; 2245 2246 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2247 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2248 return true; 2249 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2250 return true; 2251 return false; 2252} 2253 2254/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2255/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2256/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2257/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2258/// 2259/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2260/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2261/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2262/// merged with. 2263/// 2264/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2265bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2266 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2267 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2268 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2269 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2270 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2271 else 2272 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2273 if (!Old) { 2274 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2275 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2276 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2277 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2278 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2279 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2280 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2281 return true; 2282 } 2283 2284 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2285 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2286 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2287 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2288 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2289 return true; 2290 } 2291 2292 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2293 << New->getDeclName(); 2294 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2295 return true; 2296 } 2297 2298 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2299 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2300 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2301 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2302 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2303 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2304 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2305 else 2306 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2307 2308 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2309 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2310 2311 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2312 // is an extern inline function. 2313 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2314 // storage classes. 2315 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2316 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2317 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2318 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2319 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2320 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2321 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2322 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2323 } else { 2324 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2325 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2326 return true; 2327 } 2328 } 2329 2330 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2331 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2332 // calling convention of the first. 2333 // 2334 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2335 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2336 // 2337 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2338 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2339 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2340 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2341 // because it is the default calling convention. 2342 // 2343 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2344 // other tests to run. 2345 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2346 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2347 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2348 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2349 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2350 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2351 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2352 2353 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2354 // there but not here. 2355 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2356 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2357 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2358 2359 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2360 // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct 2361 // information about storage class of CXXMethod. 2362 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2363 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) { 2364 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2365 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2366 2367 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2368 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2369 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2370 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2371 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2372 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2373 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2374 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2375 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2376 return true; 2377 } 2378 2379 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2380 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2381 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2382 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2383 } 2384 2385 // Merge regparm attribute. 2386 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2387 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2388 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2389 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2390 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2391 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2392 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2393 return true; 2394 } 2395 2396 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2397 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2398 } 2399 2400 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2401 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2402 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2403 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2404 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2405 return true; 2406 } 2407 2408 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2409 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2410 } 2411 2412 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2413 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2414 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2415 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2416 } 2417 2418 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2419 // UndefinedButUsed. 2420 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2421 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2422 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2423 Old->isUsed(false) && 2424 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2425 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2426 SourceLocation())); 2427 2428 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2429 // about it. 2430 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2431 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2432 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2433 } 2434 2435 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2436 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2437 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2438 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2439 // cannot be overloaded. 2440 2441 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2442 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p??: 2443 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2444 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2445 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2446 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2447 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2448 : OldType)->getResultType(); 2449 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2450 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2451 : NewType)->getResultType(); 2452 QualType ResQT; 2453 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType)) { 2454 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2455 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2456 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2457 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2458 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2459 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2460 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2461 else 2462 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2463 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2464 return true; 2465 } 2466 else 2467 NewQType = ResQT; 2468 } 2469 2470 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2471 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2472 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2473 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2474 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2475 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2476 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2477 New->setType(SubstAutoType(New->getType(), OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2478 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2479 SubstAutoType(NewQType, OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2480 } 2481 } 2482 2483 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2484 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2485 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2486 // Preserve triviality. 2487 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2488 2489 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2490 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2491 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2492 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2493 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2494 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2495 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2496 2497 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2498 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2499 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2500 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2501 // is a static member function declaration. 2502 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2503 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2504 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2505 return true; 2506 } 2507 2508 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2509 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2510 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2511 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2512 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2513 unsigned NewDiag; 2514 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2515 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2516 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2517 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2518 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2519 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2520 else 2521 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2522 2523 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2524 } else { 2525 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2526 << New << New->getType(); 2527 } 2528 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2529 2530 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2531 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2532 // 2533 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2534 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2535 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2536 if (isFriend) { 2537 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2538 } else { 2539 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2540 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2541 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2542 return true; 2543 } 2544 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2545 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2546 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2547 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2548 return true; 2549 } 2550 } 2551 2552 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2553 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2554 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2555 // attribute. 2556 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2557 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2558 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2559 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2560 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2561 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2562 } 2563 2564 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2565 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2566 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2567 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2568 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2569 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2570 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2571 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2572 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2573 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2574 } 2575 2576 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2577 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2578 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2579 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2580 2581 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2582 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2583 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2584 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2585 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2586 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2587 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2588 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2589 } 2590 2591 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2592 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2593 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2594 return true; 2595 } 2596 2597 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2598 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2599 2600 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2601 } 2602 2603 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2604 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2605 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2606 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2607 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2608 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2609 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2610 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2611 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2612 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2613 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2614 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2615 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2616 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2617 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2618 ParamTypes, 2619 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2620 New->setType(NewQType); 2621 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2622 2623 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2624 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2625 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2626 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2627 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2628 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2629 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2630 SourceLocation(), 2631 SourceLocation(), 0, 2632 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2633 SC_None, 2634 0); 2635 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2636 Param->setImplicit(); 2637 Params.push_back(Param); 2638 } 2639 2640 New->setParams(Params); 2641 } 2642 2643 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2644 } 2645 2646 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2647 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2648 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2649 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2650 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2651 // the prototype. 2652 // 2653 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2654 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2655 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2656 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2657 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2658 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2659 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2660 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2661 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2662 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2663 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2664 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2665 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2666 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2667 2668 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2669 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2670 NewProto->getResultType()); 2671 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2672 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2673 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2674 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2675 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2676 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2677 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2678 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2679 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2680 NewParm->getType(), 2681 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2682 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2683 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2684 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2685 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2686 } else 2687 LooseCompatible = false; 2688 } 2689 2690 if (LooseCompatible) { 2691 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2692 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2693 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2694 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2695 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2696 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2697 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2698 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2699 } 2700 2701 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2702 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2703 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2704 } 2705 2706 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2707 } 2708 2709 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2710 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2711 2712 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2713 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2714 unsigned BuiltinID; 2715 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2716 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2717 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2718 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2719 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2720 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2721 << Old << Old->getType(); 2722 2723 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2724 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2725 // 2726 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2727 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2728 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2729 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2730 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2731 if (!New->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2732 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2733 2734 return false; 2735 } 2736 2737 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2738 } 2739 2740 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2741 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2742 return true; 2743} 2744 2745/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2746/// known to be compatible. 2747/// 2748/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2749/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2750/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2751/// redeclaration of Old. 2752/// 2753/// \returns false 2754bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2755 Scope *S) { 2756 // Merge the attributes 2757 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2758 2759 // Merge "pure" flag. 2760 if (Old->isPure()) 2761 New->setPure(); 2762 2763 // Merge "used" flag. 2764 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2765 New->setUsed(); 2766 2767 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2768 // declarations. 2769 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2770 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2771 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2772 *this); 2773 2774 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2775 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2776 2777 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2778 // and argument types. 2779 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2780 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2781 New->setType(Merged); 2782 2783 return false; 2784} 2785 2786 2787void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2788 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2789 2790 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2791 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2792 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2793 : AMK_Override; 2794 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2795 2796 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2797 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2798 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2799 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2800 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2801 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2802 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2803 2804 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2805} 2806 2807/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2808/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2809/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2810/// 2811/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2812/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2813/// is attached. 2814void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldWasHidden) { 2815 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2816 return; 2817 2818 QualType MergedT; 2819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2820 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2821 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2822 return; 2823 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2824 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2825 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2826 } 2827 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2828 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2829 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2830 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2831 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2832 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2833 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2834 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2835 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2836 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2837 NewArray->getElementType())) 2838 MergedT = New->getType(); 2839 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2840 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2841 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2842 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2843 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2844 NewArray->getElementType())) 2845 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2846 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2847 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2848 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2849 Old->getType()); 2850 } 2851 } else { 2852 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2853 } 2854 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2855 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2856 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2858 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2859 } 2860 2861 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2862 // declaration was a extern declaration in a different scope. 2863 if (!OldWasHidden) 2864 New->setType(MergedT); 2865} 2866 2867/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2868/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2869/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2870/// 2871/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2872/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2873/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2874/// 2875void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous, 2876 bool PreviousWasHidden) { 2877 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2878 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2879 return; 2880 2881 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2882 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2883 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2884 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2885 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2886 << New->getDeclName(); 2887 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2888 diag::note_previous_definition); 2889 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2890 } 2891 2892 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 2893 return; 2894 2895 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2896 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2897 // 2898 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2899 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2900 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2901 << New->getIdentifier(); 2902 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2903 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2904 } 2905 2906 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2907 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2908 // declaration 2909 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2910 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2911 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2912 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2913 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2914 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2915 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2916 } 2917 2918 // Merge the types. 2919 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, PreviousWasHidden); 2920 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2921 return; 2922 2923 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 2924 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2925 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2926 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 2927 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2928 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2929 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2930 } 2931 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2932 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2933 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2934 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2935 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2936 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2937 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2938 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2939 // identifier has external linkage. 2940 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2941 /* Okay */; 2942 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2943 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 2944 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2945 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2946 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2947 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2948 } 2949 2950 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2951 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2952 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2953 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2954 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2955 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2956 } 2957 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 2958 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 2959 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2960 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2961 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2962 } 2963 2964 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2965 2966 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2967 // need to check for mismatches. 2968 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2969 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2970 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2971 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2972 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2973 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2974 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2975 } 2976 2977 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 2978 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 2979 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2980 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2981 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 2982 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2983 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2984 } else { 2985 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 2986 // static and dynamic initialization. 2987 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 2988 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 2989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 2990 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 2991 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2992 } 2993 } 2994 2995 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2996 const VarDecl *Def; 2997 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2998 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2999 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3000 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 3001 << New->getDeclName(); 3002 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3003 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3004 return; 3005 } 3006 3007 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3008 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3009 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3010 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3011 return; 3012 } 3013 3014 // Merge "used" flag. 3015 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 3016 New->setUsed(); 3017 3018 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3019 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 3020 3021 // Inherit access appropriately. 3022 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3023} 3024 3025/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3026/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3027Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3028 DeclSpec &DS) { 3029 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3030} 3031 3032/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3033/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3034/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3035Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3036 DeclSpec &DS, 3037 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3038 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3039 Decl *TagD = 0; 3040 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3041 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3042 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3043 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3044 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3045 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3046 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3047 3048 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3049 return 0; 3050 3051 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3052 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3053 // it's a Type. 3054 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3055 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3056 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3057 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3058 } 3059 3060 if (Tag) { 3061 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 3062 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3063 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3064 return Tag; 3065 } 3066 3067 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3068 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3069 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3070 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3071 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3072 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3073 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3074 } 3075 3076 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3077 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3078 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3079 if (Tag) 3080 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3081 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3082 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3083 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3084 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3085 else 3086 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3087 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3088 return TagD; 3089 } 3090 3091 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3092 3093 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3094 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3095 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3096 if (TagD && !Tag) 3097 return 0; 3098 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3099 } 3100 3101 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3102 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3103 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3104 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3105 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3106 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3107 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3108 // or an explicit specialization. 3109 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3110 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3111 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3112 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3113 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3114 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3115 << SS.getRange(); 3116 return 0; 3117 } 3118 3119 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3120 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3121 3122 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3123 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3124 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3125 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3126 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3127 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3128 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 3129 3130 DeclaresAnything = false; 3131 } 3132 } 3133 3134 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3135 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3136 CurContext->isRecord() && 3137 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3138 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3139 // struct STRUCT; 3140 // and 3141 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3142 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3143 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3144 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3145 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3146 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3147 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3148 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3149 } 3150 } 3151 3152 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3153 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3154 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3155 return TagD; 3156 3157 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3158 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3159 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3160 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3161 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3162 DeclaresAnything = false; 3163 3164 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3165 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3166 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3167 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3168 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3169 else 3170 DeclaresAnything = false; 3171 } 3172 3173 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3174 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3175 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3176 << Tag->getTagKind() 3177 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3178 3179 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3180 3181 // C 6.7/2: 3182 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3183 // or the members of an enumeration. 3184 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3185 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3186 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3187 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3188 // previous declaration. 3189 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3190 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3191 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3192 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3193 return TagD; 3194 } 3195 3196 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3197 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3198 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3199 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3200 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3201 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3202 // 3203 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3204 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3205 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3206 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3207 3208 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3209 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3210 // useless. 3211 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3212 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3213 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3214 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3215 3216 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3217 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3218 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3219 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3220 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3221 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3222 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3223 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3224 // Restrict is covered above. 3225 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3226 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3227 } 3228 3229 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3230 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3231 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3232 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3233 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3234 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3235 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3236 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3237 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3238 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3239 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3240 while (attrs) { 3241 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3242 << attrs->getName() 3243 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3244 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3245 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3246 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3247 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3248 } 3249 } 3250 } 3251 3252 return TagD; 3253} 3254 3255/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3256/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3257/// 3258/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3259static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3260 Scope *S, 3261 DeclContext *Owner, 3262 DeclarationName Name, 3263 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3264 unsigned diagnostic) { 3265 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3266 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3267 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3268 3269 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3270 return false; 3271 3272 // Pick a representative declaration. 3273 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3274 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3275 3276 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3277 return false; 3278 3279 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3280 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3281 3282 return true; 3283} 3284 3285/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3286/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3287/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3288/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3289/// struct, e.g., 3290/// 3291/// @code 3292/// union { 3293/// int i; 3294/// float f; 3295/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3296/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3297/// @endcode 3298/// 3299/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3300/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3301static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3302 DeclContext *Owner, 3303 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3304 AccessSpecifier AS, 3305 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 3306 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3307 unsigned diagKind 3308 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3309 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3310 3311 bool Invalid = false; 3312 3313 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3314 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3315 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3316 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3317 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3318 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3319 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3320 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3321 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3322 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3323 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3324 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3325 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3326 Invalid = true; 3327 } else { 3328 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3329 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3330 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3331 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3332 // anonymous union is declared. 3333 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3334 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3335 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3336 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3337 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3338 else 3339 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3340 3341 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3342 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3343 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3344 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3345 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3346 3347 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3348 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3349 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3350 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3351 3352 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3353 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3354 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3355 3356 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3357 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3358 3359 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3360 } 3361 } 3362 } 3363 3364 return Invalid; 3365} 3366 3367/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3368/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3369/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3370static StorageClass 3371StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3372 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3373 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3374 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3375 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3376 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3377 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3378 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3379 return SC_None; 3380 return SC_Extern; 3381 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3382 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3383 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3384 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3385 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3386 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3387 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3388 } 3389 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3390} 3391 3392/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3393/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3394/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3395/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3396Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3397 AccessSpecifier AS, 3398 RecordDecl *Record) { 3399 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3400 3401 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3402 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3403 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3404 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3405 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3406 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3407 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3408 3409 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3410 // structs/unions. 3411 bool Invalid = false; 3412 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3413 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3414 unsigned DiagID; 3415 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3416 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3417 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3418 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3419 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3420 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3421 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3422 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3423 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3424 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3425 3426 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3427 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3428 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3429 } 3430 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3431 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3432 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3433 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3434 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3435 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3436 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3437 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3438 3439 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3440 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3441 SourceLocation(), 3442 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3443 } 3444 } 3445 3446 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3447 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3448 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3449 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3450 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3451 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3452 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3453 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3454 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3455 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3456 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3457 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3458 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3459 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3460 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3461 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3462 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3463 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3464 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3465 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3466 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3467 3468 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3469 } 3470 3471 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3472 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3473 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3474 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3475 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3476 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3477 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3478 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3479 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3480 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3481 // members (clause 11). 3482 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3483 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3484 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3485 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3486 Invalid = true; 3487 } 3488 3489 // C++ [class.union]p1 3490 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3491 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3492 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3493 // array of such objects. 3494 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3495 Invalid = true; 3496 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3497 // Any implicit members are fine. 3498 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3499 // This is a type that showed up in an 3500 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3501 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3502 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3503 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3504 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3505 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3506 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3507 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3508 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3509 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3510 else { 3511 // This is a nested type declaration. 3512 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3513 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3514 Invalid = true; 3515 } 3516 } else { 3517 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3518 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3519 // not part of standard C++. 3520 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3521 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3522 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3523 } 3524 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3525 // Any access specifier is fine. 3526 } else { 3527 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3528 // member. Complain about it. 3529 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3530 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3531 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3532 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3533 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3534 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3535 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3536 3537 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3538 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3539 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3540 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3541 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3542 else { 3543 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3544 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3545 Invalid = true; 3546 } 3547 } 3548 } 3549 } 3550 3551 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3552 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3553 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3554 Invalid = true; 3555 } 3556 3557 // Mock up a declarator. 3558 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3559 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3560 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3561 3562 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3563 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3564 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3565 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3566 DS.getLocStart(), 3567 Record->getLocation(), 3568 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3569 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3570 TInfo, 3571 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3572 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3573 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3574 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3575 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3576 } else { 3577 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3578 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3579 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3580 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3581 // an error here 3582 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3583 Invalid = true; 3584 SC = SC_None; 3585 } 3586 3587 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3588 DS.getLocStart(), 3589 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3590 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3591 TInfo, SC); 3592 3593 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3594 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3595 // initializer: 3596 // union { int n = 0; }; 3597 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3598 } 3599 Anon->setImplicit(); 3600 3601 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3602 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3603 // its members. 3604 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3605 3606 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3607 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3608 // purposes. 3609 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3610 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3611 3612 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3613 Chain, false)) 3614 Invalid = true; 3615 3616 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3617 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3618 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3619 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3620 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3621 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3622 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3623 3624 if (Invalid) 3625 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3626 3627 return Anon; 3628} 3629 3630/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3631/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3632/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3633/// Example: 3634/// 3635/// struct A { int a; }; 3636/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3637/// 3638/// void foo() { 3639/// B var; 3640/// var.a = 3; 3641/// } 3642/// 3643Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3644 RecordDecl *Record) { 3645 3646 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3647 if (!Record) 3648 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3649 3650 // Mock up a declarator. 3651 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3652 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3653 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3654 3655 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3656 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3657 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3658 DS.getLocStart(), 3659 DS.getLocStart(), 3660 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3661 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3662 TInfo, 3663 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3664 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3665 Anon->setImplicit(); 3666 3667 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3668 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3669 3670 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3671 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3672 // purposes. 3673 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3674 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3675 3676 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3677 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3678 RecordDef, AS_none, 3679 Chain, true)) 3680 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3681 3682 return Anon; 3683} 3684 3685/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3686/// given Declarator. 3687DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3688 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3689} 3690 3691/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3692DeclarationNameInfo 3693Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3694 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3695 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3696 3697 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3698 3699 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3700 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3701 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3702 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3703 return NameInfo; 3704 3705 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3706 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3707 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3708 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3709 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3710 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3711 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3712 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3713 return NameInfo; 3714 3715 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3716 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3717 Name.Identifier)); 3718 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3719 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3720 return NameInfo; 3721 3722 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3723 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3724 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3725 if (Ty.isNull()) 3726 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3727 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3728 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3729 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3730 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3731 return NameInfo; 3732 } 3733 3734 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3735 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3736 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3737 if (Ty.isNull()) 3738 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3739 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3740 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3741 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3742 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3743 return NameInfo; 3744 } 3745 3746 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3747 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3748 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3749 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3750 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3751 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3752 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3753 3754 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3755 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3756 3757 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3758 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3759 // was qualified. 3760 3761 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3762 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3763 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3764 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3765 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3766 return NameInfo; 3767 } 3768 3769 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3770 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3771 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3772 if (Ty.isNull()) 3773 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3774 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3775 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3776 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3777 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3778 return NameInfo; 3779 } 3780 3781 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3782 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3783 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3784 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3785 } 3786 3787 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3788 3789 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3790} 3791 3792static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3793 do { 3794 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3795 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3796 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3797 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3798 else 3799 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3800 } while (true); 3801} 3802 3803/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3804/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3805/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3806/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3807/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3808/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3809/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3810static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3811 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3812 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3813 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3814 Params.clear(); 3815 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3816 return false; 3817 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3818 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3819 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3820 3821 // The parameter types are identical 3822 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3823 continue; 3824 3825 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3826 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3827 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3828 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3829 3830 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3831 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3832 Params.push_back(Idx); 3833 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3834 return false; 3835 } 3836 3837 return true; 3838} 3839 3840/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3841/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3842/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3843/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3844/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3845static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3846 DeclarationName Name) { 3847 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3848 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3849 // - types which will become injected class names 3850 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3851 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3852 // few cases here. 3853 3854 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3855 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3856 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3857 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3858 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3859 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3860 // Grab the type from the parser. 3861 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3862 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3863 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3864 3865 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3866 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3867 // attached already. 3868 if (!TSI) 3869 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3870 3871 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3872 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3873 if (!TSI) return true; 3874 3875 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3876 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3877 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3878 break; 3879 } 3880 3881 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3882 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3883 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3884 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3885 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3886 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3887 break; 3888 } 3889 3890 default: 3891 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3892 break; 3893 } 3894 3895 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3896 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3897 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3898 3899 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3900 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3901 // pointer. 3902 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3903 continue; 3904 3905 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3906 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3907 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3908 return true; 3909 } 3910 3911 return false; 3912} 3913 3914Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3915 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3916 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3917 3918 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3919 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3920 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3921 3922 return Dcl; 3923} 3924 3925/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3926/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3927/// name different from T: 3928/// - every static data member of class T; 3929/// - every member function of class T 3930/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3931/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3932bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3933 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3934 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3935 3936 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3937 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3938 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3939 return true; 3940 } 3941 3942 return false; 3943} 3944 3945/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3946/// nested-name-specifier. 3947/// 3948/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3949/// 3950/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3951/// resolves. 3952/// 3953/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3954/// 3955/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3956/// 3957/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3958bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3959 DeclarationName Name, 3960 SourceLocation Loc) { 3961 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3962 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3963 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3964 3965 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3966 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3967 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3968 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3969 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3970 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3971 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3972 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3973 3974 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3975 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3976 // 3977 // class X { 3978 // void X::f(); 3979 // }; 3980 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3981 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3982 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3983 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3984 SS.clear(); 3985 return false; 3986 } 3987 3988 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3989 // declaration. 3990 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3991 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3992 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3993 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3994 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3995 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3996 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3997 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3998 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3999 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4000 else 4001 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4002 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4003 4004 return true; 4005 } 4006 4007 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4008 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4009 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4010 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4011 SS.clear(); 4012 4013 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4014 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4015 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4016 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4017 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4018 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4019 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4020 return true; 4021 4022 return false; 4023 } 4024 4025 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4026 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4027 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4028 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4029 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4030 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4031 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4032 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4033 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4034 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4035 4036 return false; 4037} 4038 4039NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4040 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4041 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4042 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4043 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4044 4045 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4046 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4047 if (!Name) { 4048 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4049 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4050 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4051 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4052 return 0; 4053 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4054 return 0; 4055 4056 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4057 // we find one that is. 4058 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4059 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4060 S = S->getParent(); 4061 4062 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4063 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4064 D.setInvalidType(); 4065 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4066 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4067 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4068 return 0; 4069 4070 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4071 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4072 if (!DC) { 4073 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4074 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4075 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4076 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4077 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4078 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4079 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4080 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4081 return 0; 4082 } 4083 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4084 4085 if (!IsDependentContext && 4086 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4087 return 0; 4088 4089 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4090 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4091 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4092 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4093 D.setInvalidType(); 4094 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4095 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4096 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4097 if (DC->isRecord()) 4098 return 0; 4099 4100 D.setInvalidType(); 4101 } 4102 } 4103 4104 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4105 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4106 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4107 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4108 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4109 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4110 D.setInvalidType(); 4111 } 4112 } 4113 4114 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4115 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4116 // Just return early; it's safer. 4117 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4118 return 0; 4119 4120 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4121 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4122 4123 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4124 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4125 D.setInvalidType(); 4126 4127 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4128 ForRedeclaration); 4129 4130 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4131 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4132 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4133 4134 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4135 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4136 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4137 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4138 /* Do nothing*/; 4139 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4140 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4141 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4142 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4143 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 4144 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4145 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4146 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4147 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4148 4149 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4150 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4151 4152 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 4153 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4154 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4155 4156 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4157 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4158 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4159 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4160 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4161 // thereof; [...] 4162 // 4163 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4164 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4165 // we want to match. For example, given: 4166 // 4167 // class X { 4168 // void f(); 4169 // void f(float); 4170 // }; 4171 // 4172 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4173 // 4174 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4175 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4176 // matches. 4177 4178 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4179 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4180 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4181 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4182 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4183 } 4184 4185 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4186 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4187 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4188 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4189 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4190 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4191 4192 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4193 Previous.clear(); 4194 } 4195 4196 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4197 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4198 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4199 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4200 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4201 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4202 Previous.clear(); 4203 4204 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4205 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4206 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4207 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4208 4209 NamedDecl *New; 4210 4211 bool AddToScope = true; 4212 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4213 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4214 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4215 return 0; 4216 } 4217 4218 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4219 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4220 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4221 TemplateParamLists, 4222 AddToScope); 4223 } else { 4224 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4225 TemplateParamLists); 4226 } 4227 4228 if (New == 0) 4229 return 0; 4230 4231 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4232 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4233 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4234 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 4235 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 4236 4237 return New; 4238} 4239 4240/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4241/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4242/// GCC compatibility). 4243static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4244 ASTContext &Context, 4245 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4246 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4247 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4248 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4249 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4250 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4251 SizeIsNegative = false; 4252 Oversized = 0; 4253 4254 if (T->isDependentType()) 4255 return QualType(); 4256 4257 QualifierCollector Qs; 4258 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4259 4260 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4261 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4262 QualType FixedType = 4263 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4264 Oversized); 4265 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4266 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4267 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4268 } 4269 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4270 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4271 QualType FixedType = 4272 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4273 Oversized); 4274 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4275 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4276 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4277 } 4278 4279 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4280 if (!VLATy) 4281 return QualType(); 4282 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4283 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4284 return QualType(); 4285 4286 llvm::APSInt Res; 4287 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4288 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4289 return QualType(); 4290 4291 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4292 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4293 SizeIsNegative = true; 4294 return QualType(); 4295 } 4296 4297 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4298 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4299 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4300 Res); 4301 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4302 Oversized = Res; 4303 return QualType(); 4304 } 4305 4306 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4307 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4308} 4309 4310static void 4311FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4312 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4313 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4314 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4315 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4316 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4317 return; 4318 } 4319 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4320 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4321 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4322 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4323 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4324 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4325 return; 4326 } 4327 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4328 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4329 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4330 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4331 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4332 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4333 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4334 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4335} 4336 4337/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4338/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4339/// GCC compatibility). 4340static TypeSourceInfo* 4341TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4342 ASTContext &Context, 4343 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4344 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4345 QualType FixedTy 4346 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4347 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4348 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4349 return 0; 4350 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4351 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4352 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4353 return FixedTInfo; 4354} 4355 4356/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4357/// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4358/// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4359/// function-scope declarations. 4360void 4361Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4362 assert( 4363 !ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4364 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 4365 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4366 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4367} 4368 4369NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4370 if (ExternalSource) { 4371 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4372 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4373 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4374 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4375 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4376 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4377 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4378 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4379 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4380 } 4381 } 4382 4383 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4384 return D ? cast<NamedDecl>(D->getMostRecentDecl()) : 0; 4385} 4386 4387/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4388/// does not identify a function. 4389void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4390 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4391 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4392 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4393 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4394 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4395 4396 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4397 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4398 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4399 4400 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4401 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4402 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4403 4404 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4405 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4406 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4407} 4408 4409NamedDecl* 4410Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4411 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4412 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4413 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4414 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4415 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4416 D.setInvalidType(); 4417 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4418 DC = CurContext; 4419 Previous.clear(); 4420 } 4421 4422 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4423 4424 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4425 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4426 << 1; 4427 4428 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4429 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4430 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4431 return 0; 4432 } 4433 4434 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4435 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4436 4437 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4438 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4439 4440 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4441 4442 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4443 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4444 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4445 return ND; 4446} 4447 4448void 4449Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4450 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4451 // then it shall have block scope. 4452 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4453 // that redeclarations will match. 4454 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4455 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4456 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4457 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4458 4459 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4460 bool SizeIsNegative; 4461 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4462 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4463 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4464 SizeIsNegative, 4465 Oversized); 4466 if (FixedTInfo) { 4467 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4468 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4469 } else { 4470 if (SizeIsNegative) 4471 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4472 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4473 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4474 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4475 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4476 << Oversized.toString(10); 4477 else 4478 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4479 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4480 } 4481 } 4482 } 4483} 4484 4485 4486/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4487/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4488/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4489NamedDecl* 4490Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4491 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4492 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4493 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4494 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4495 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4496 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4497 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4498 Redeclaration = true; 4499 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4500 } 4501 4502 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4503 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4504 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4505 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4506 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4507 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4508 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4509 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4510 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4511 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4512 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4513 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4514 } 4515 4516 return NewTD; 4517} 4518 4519/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4520/// previous declaration. 4521/// 4522/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4523/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4524/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4525/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4526/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4527/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4528/// 4529/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4530/// lookup 4531/// 4532/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4533/// declared. 4534/// 4535/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4536/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4537static bool 4538isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4539 ASTContext &Context) { 4540 if (!PrevDecl) 4541 return false; 4542 4543 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4544 return false; 4545 4546 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4547 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4548 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4549 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4550 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4551 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4552 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4553 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4554 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4555 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4556 return false; 4557 4558 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4559 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4560 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4561 return false; 4562 4563 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4564 // previous declarations. 4565 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4566 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4567 4568 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4569 // isn't the same function. 4570 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4571 return false; 4572 } 4573 4574 return true; 4575} 4576 4577static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4578 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4579 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4580 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4581} 4582 4583bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4584 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4585 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4586 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4587 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4588 unsigned kind = -1U; 4589 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4590 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4591 kind = 0; // __block 4592 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4593 kind = 1; // global 4594 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4595 kind = 3; // ivar 4596 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4597 kind = 2; // field 4598 } 4599 4600 if (kind != -1U) { 4601 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4602 << kind; 4603 } 4604 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4605 // Try to infer lifetime. 4606 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4607 return false; 4608 4609 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4610 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4611 decl->setType(type); 4612 } 4613 4614 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4615 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4616 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4617 var->getTLSKind()) { 4618 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4619 << var->getType(); 4620 return true; 4621 } 4622 } 4623 4624 return false; 4625} 4626 4627static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4628 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4629 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4630 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4631 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4632 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4633 } 4634 } 4635 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4636 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4637 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4638 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4639 } 4640 } 4641 4642 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 4643 // It does not apply to functions. 4644 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 4645 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4646 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 4647 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 4648 } 4649 } 4650} 4651 4652/// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4653/// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4654/// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4655static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4656 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4657 4658 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4659 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4660 4661 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4662 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4663 return false; 4664 4665 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4666 4667#ifndef NDEBUG 4668 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4669 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4670 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4671 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4672 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4673#endif 4674 4675 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4676 4677#ifndef NDEBUG 4678 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4679#endif 4680 4681 return isC99Inline; 4682} 4683 4684static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4685 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4686 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4687 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4688 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4689 return true; 4690 if (DC->isRecord()) 4691 return false; 4692 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4693} 4694 4695static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4696 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4697 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4698 return true; 4699 if (DC->isRecord()) 4700 return false; 4701 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4702} 4703 4704NamedDecl* 4705Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4706 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4707 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4708 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4709 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4710 4711 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4712 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 4713 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 4714 4715 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 4716 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4717 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4718 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4719 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4720 D.setInvalidType(); 4721 } 4722 } 4723 4724 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4725 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4726 // an error here 4727 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4728 D.setInvalidType(); 4729 SC = SC_None; 4730 } 4731 4732 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 4733 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 4734 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 4735 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 4736 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 4737 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 4738 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4739 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 4740 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4741 } 4742 4743 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4744 if (!II) { 4745 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4746 << Name; 4747 return 0; 4748 } 4749 4750 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4751 4752 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4753 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4754 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4755 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4756 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4757 // is a GNU extension. 4758 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4759 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4760 else 4761 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4762 D.setInvalidType(); 4763 } 4764 } 4765 4766 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4767 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4768 // OpenCL __local address space. 4769 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4770 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4771 } 4772 4773 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 4774 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 4775 // space qualifiers. 4776 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 4777 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 4778 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 4779 } 4780 4781 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4782 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4783 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4784 // address space qualifiers. 4785 if (R->isEventT()) { 4786 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4787 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4788 D.setInvalidType(); 4789 } 4790 4791 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4792 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4793 D.setInvalidType(); 4794 } 4795 } 4796 } 4797 4798 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4799 VarDecl *NewVD; 4800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4801 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4802 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4803 R, TInfo, SC); 4804 4805 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4806 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4807 } else { 4808 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4809 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4810 switch (SC) { 4811 case SC_None: 4812 break; 4813 case SC_Static: 4814 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4815 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4816 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4817 break; 4818 case SC_Auto: 4819 case SC_Register: 4820 case SC_Extern: 4821 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 4822 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 4823 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 4824 // of class members 4825 4826 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4827 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 4828 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4829 break; 4830 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4831 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 4832 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4833 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 4834 } 4835 } 4836 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4837 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4838 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4839 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4840 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4841 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4842 4843 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4844 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4845 if (RD->isUnion()) 4846 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4847 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4848 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4849 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4850 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4851 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4852 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4853 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4854 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4855 } 4856 } 4857 4858 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4859 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4860 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4861 bool Invalid = false; 4862 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4863 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4864 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4865 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4866 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4867 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4868 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4869 /*never a friend*/ false, 4870 isExplicitSpecialization, 4871 Invalid)) { 4872 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4873 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4874 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4875 << II 4876 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4877 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4878 return 0; 4879 } else { 4880 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4881 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4882 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4883 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4884 << II 4885 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4886 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4887 } 4888 } 4889 4890 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4891 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4892 R, TInfo, SC); 4893 4894 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4895 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4896 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 4897 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4898 4899 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4900 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4901 4902 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4903 4904 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4905 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4906 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4907 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4908 } 4909 4910 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4911 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4912 } 4913 4914 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4915 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4916 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4917 4918 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 4919 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 4920 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 4921 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 4922 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 4923 // explicitly. 4924 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 4925 // 'extern'. 4926 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4927 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 4928 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4929 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 4930 else 4931 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4932 diag::err_thread_non_global) 4933 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4934 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4935 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4936 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4937 else 4938 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 4939 } 4940 4941 // C99 6.7.4p3 4942 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 4943 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 4944 // thread storage duration... 4945 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 4946 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 4947 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 4948 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 4949 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 4950 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4951 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 4952 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 4953 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 4954 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4955 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 4956 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 4957 } 4958 } 4959 4960 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4961 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4962 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4963 << 2 4964 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4965 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4966 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4967 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4968 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4969 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4970 else 4971 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4972 } 4973 4974 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4975 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4976 4977 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 4978 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 4979 4980 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4981 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4982 // storage [duration]." 4983 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4984 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4985 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4986 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4987 } 4988 } 4989 4990 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4991 // retainable type. 4992 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4993 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4994 4995 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4996 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4997 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4998 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4999 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5000 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 5001 switch (SC) { 5002 case SC_None: 5003 case SC_Auto: 5004 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5005 break; 5006 case SC_Register: 5007 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5008 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5009 break; 5010 case SC_Static: 5011 case SC_Extern: 5012 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5013 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5014 break; 5015 } 5016 } 5017 5018 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5019 Context, Label)); 5020 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5021 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5022 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5023 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5024 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5025 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5026 } 5027 } 5028 5029 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5030 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 5031 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5032 5033 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5034 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5035 // declaration has linkage). 5036 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5037 isExplicitSpecialization); 5038 5039 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5040 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5041 } else { 5042 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5043 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5044 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5045 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5046 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5047 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5048 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5049 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5050 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5051 Previous.clear(); 5052 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5053 } 5054 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5055 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5056 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5057 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5058 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5059 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5060 } 5061 5062 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5063 5064 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 5065 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5066 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5067 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5068 } 5069 5070 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5071 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 5072 5073 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable that is not 5074 // declared directly in the translation unit, update the map of such 5075 // variables. 5076 if (!CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5077 !NewVD->getPreviousDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5078 // FIXME: We only check isExternC if we're in an extern C context, 5079 // to avoid computing and caching an 'externally visible' flag which 5080 // could change if the variable's type is not visible. 5081 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || NewVD->isInExternCContext()) && 5082 NewVD->isExternC()) 5083 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5084 5085 return NewVD; 5086} 5087 5088/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5089/// -Wshadow. 5090/// 5091/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5092/// scope. 5093/// 5094/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5095/// \param R the lookup of the name 5096/// 5097void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5098 // Return if warning is ignored. 5099 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5100 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5101 return; 5102 5103 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5104 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5105 return; 5106 5107 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5108 5109 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5110 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5111 return; 5112 5113 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5114 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5115 return; 5116 5117 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5118 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5119 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5120 if (MD->isStatic()) 5121 return; 5122 5123 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5124 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5125 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5126 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5127 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 5128 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 5129 I != E; ++I) 5130 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5131 ShadowedDecl = *I; 5132 break; 5133 } 5134 } 5135 5136 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5137 5138 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5139 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5140 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5141 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5142 return; 5143 5144 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5145 // static data members from base classes? 5146 5147 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5148 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5149 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5150 } 5151 5152 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5153 unsigned Kind; 5154 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5155 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5156 Kind = 3; // field 5157 else 5158 Kind = 2; // static data member 5159 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5160 Kind = 1; // global 5161 else 5162 Kind = 0; // local 5163 5164 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5165 5166 // Emit warning and note. 5167 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5168 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5169} 5170 5171/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5172void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5173 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5174 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5175 return; 5176 5177 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5178 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5179 LookupName(R, S); 5180 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5181} 5182 5183template<typename T> 5184static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) { 5185 const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext(); 5186 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5187 return true; 5188 5189 // We know that is the first decl we see, other than function local 5190 // extern C ones. If this is C++ and the decl is not in a extern C context 5191 // it cannot have C language linkage. Avoid calling isExternC in that case. 5192 // We need to this because of code like 5193 // 5194 // namespace { struct bar {}; } 5195 // auto foo = bar(); 5196 // 5197 // This code runs before the init of foo is set, and therefore before 5198 // the type of foo is known. Not knowing the type we cannot know its linkage 5199 // unless it is in an extern C block. 5200 if (!ND->isInExternCContext()) { 5201 const ASTContext &Context = ND->getASTContext(); 5202 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5203 return false; 5204 } 5205 5206 return ND->isExternC(); 5207} 5208 5209void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5210 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5211 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5212 return; 5213 5214 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5215 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5216 5217 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5218 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5219 return; 5220 5221 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5222 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5223 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5224 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5225 NewVD->setType(T); 5226 } 5227 5228 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5229 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5230 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5231 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5232 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5233 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5234 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5235 return; 5236 } 5237 5238 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5239 // __constant address space. 5240 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5241 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5242 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5243 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5244 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5245 return; 5246 } 5247 5248 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5249 // scope. 5250 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5251 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5252 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5253 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5254 return; 5255 } 5256 5257 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5258 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5259 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5260 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5261 else { 5262 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5263 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5264 } 5265 } 5266 5267 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5268 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5269 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5270 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5271 5272 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5273 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5274 bool SizeIsNegative; 5275 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5276 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5277 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5278 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5279 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5280 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5281 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5282 // int a[10][n]; 5283 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5284 5285 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5286 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5287 << SizeRange; 5288 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 5289 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5290 << SizeRange; 5291 else 5292 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5293 << SizeRange; 5294 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5295 return; 5296 } 5297 5298 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5299 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5300 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5301 else 5302 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5303 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5304 return; 5305 } 5306 5307 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5308 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5309 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5310 } 5311 5312 if (T->isVoidType()) { 5313 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 5314 // of objects and functions. 5315 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5316 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5317 << T; 5318 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5319 return; 5320 } 5321 } 5322 5323 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5324 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5325 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5326 return; 5327 } 5328 5329 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5330 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5331 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5332 return; 5333 } 5334 5335 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5336 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5337 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5338 // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced. 5339 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5340 return; 5341 } 5342} 5343 5344/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5345/// declaration. 5346/// 5347/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5348/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5349/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5350/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5351/// that have been instantiated from a template. 5352/// 5353/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5354/// 5355/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5356bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 5357 LookupResult &Previous) { 5358 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5359 5360 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5361 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5362 return false; 5363 5364 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5365 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5366 // 5367 // Clang has a lot of problems with extern local declarations. 5368 // The actual standards text here is: 5369 // 5370 // C++11 [basic.link]p6: 5371 // The name of a function declared in block scope and the name 5372 // of a variable declared by a block scope extern declaration 5373 // have linkage. If there is a visible declaration of an entity 5374 // with linkage having the same name and type, ignoring entities 5375 // declared outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the 5376 // block scope declaration declares that same entity and 5377 // receives the linkage of the previous declaration. 5378 // 5379 // C11 6.2.7p4: 5380 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 5381 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 5382 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 5383 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 5384 // declaration becomes the composite type. 5385 // 5386 // The most important point here is that we're not allowed to 5387 // update our understanding of the type according to declarations 5388 // not in scope. 5389 bool PreviousWasHidden = false; 5390 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) { 5391 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = 5392 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName())) { 5393 Previous.addDecl(ExternCPrev); 5394 PreviousWasHidden = true; 5395 } 5396 } 5397 5398 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5399 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5400 5401 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5402 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous, PreviousWasHidden); 5403 return true; 5404 } 5405 return false; 5406} 5407 5408/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5409struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5410 Sema *S; 5411 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5412}; 5413 5414/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5415/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5416/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5417static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5418 CXXBasePath &Path, 5419 void *UserData) { 5420 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5421 5422 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5423 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5424 5425 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5426 5427 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5428 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5429 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5430 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5431 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5432 5433 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5434 } 5435 5436 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5437 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5438 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5439 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5440 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5441 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5442 return true; 5443 } 5444 } 5445 5446 return false; 5447} 5448 5449namespace { 5450 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5451} 5452/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5453/// overriden methods. 5454/// 5455/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5456/// \param MD the overriding method. 5457/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5458static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5459 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5460 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5461 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5462 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5463 I != E; ++I) { 5464 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5465 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5466 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5467 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5468 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5469 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5470 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5471 } 5472} 5473 5474/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5475/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5476bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5477 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5478 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5479 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5480 Data.Method = MD; 5481 Data.S = this; 5482 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5483 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5484 bool AddedAny = false; 5485 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5486 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5487 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5488 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5489 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5490 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5491 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5492 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5493 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5494 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5495 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5496 AddedAny = true; 5497 } 5498 } 5499 } 5500 } 5501 5502 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5503 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5504 } 5505 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5506 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5507 } 5508 5509 return AddedAny; 5510} 5511 5512namespace { 5513 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5514 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5515 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5516 Scope *S; 5517 Declarator &D; 5518 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5519 bool AddToScope; 5520 }; 5521} 5522 5523namespace { 5524 5525// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5526// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5527class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5528 public: 5529 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5530 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5531 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5532 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5533 5534 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5535 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5536 return false; 5537 5538 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5539 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5540 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5541 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5542 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5543 5544 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5545 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5546 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5547 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5548 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5549 return true; 5550 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5551 return true; 5552 } 5553 } 5554 } 5555 5556 return false; 5557 } 5558 5559 private: 5560 ASTContext &Context; 5561 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5562 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5563}; 5564 5565} 5566 5567/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5568/// 5569/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5570/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5571/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5572/// the same name. 5573/// 5574/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5575/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5576static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5577 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5578 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5579 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5580 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5581 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5582 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5583 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5584 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5585 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5586 TypoCorrection Correction; 5587 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5588 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5589 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5590 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5591 5592 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5593 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5594 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5595 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5596 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5597 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5598 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5599 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5600 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5601 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5602 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5603 if (FD && 5604 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5605 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5606 // involve a parameter 5607 unsigned ParamNum = 5608 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5609 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5610 } 5611 } 5612 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5613 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5614 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5615 Validator, NewDC))) { 5616 // Trap errors. 5617 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5618 5619 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5620 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5621 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5622 Previous.clear(); 5623 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5624 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5625 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5626 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5627 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5628 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5629 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5630 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5631 } 5632 } 5633 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5634 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5635 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5636 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5637 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5638 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5639 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5640 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5641 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5642 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5643 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5644 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5645 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5646 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5647 Previous.clear(); 5648 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5649 Result = NULL; 5650 } else { 5651 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5652 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5653 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5654 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5655 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5656 } 5657 } 5658 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5659 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5660 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5661 } else { 5662 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5663 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5664 } 5665 } 5666 5667 if (Correction) { 5668 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5669 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5670 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5671 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5672 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5673 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5674 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5675 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5676 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5677 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5678 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5679 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5680 } else { 5681 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5682 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5683 } 5684 5685 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5686 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5687 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5688 5689 for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5690 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5691 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5692 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5693 bool FDisConst = false; 5694 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5695 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5696 5697 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5698 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5699 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5700 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5701 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5702 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5703 } else if (Correction) { 5704 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5705 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5706 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5707 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5708 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5709 } else 5710 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5711 } 5712 return Result; 5713} 5714 5715static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5716 Declarator &D) { 5717 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5718 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5719 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5720 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5721 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5722 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5723 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5724 D.setInvalidType(); 5725 break; 5726 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5727 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 5728 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 5729 return SC_None; 5730 return SC_Extern; 5731 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5732 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5733 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5734 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5735 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5736 // other than extern 5737 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5738 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5739 diag::err_static_block_func); 5740 break; 5741 } else 5742 return SC_Static; 5743 } 5744 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5745 } 5746 5747 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5748 return SC_None; 5749} 5750 5751static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5752 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5753 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5754 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5755 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5756 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5757 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5758 5759 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5760 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5761 5762 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5763 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5764 // prototype. This true when: 5765 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5766 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5767 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5768 bool HasPrototype = 5769 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5770 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5771 5772 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5773 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5774 TInfo, SC, isInline, 5775 HasPrototype, false); 5776 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5777 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5778 5779 // Set the lexical context. 5780 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5781 5782 return NewFD; 5783 } 5784 5785 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5786 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5787 5788 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5789 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5790 // the class has been completely parsed. 5791 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5792 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5793 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5794 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5795 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5796 D.setInvalidType(); 5797 5798 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5799 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5800 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5801 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5802 5803 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5804 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5805 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5806 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5807 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5808 isConstexpr); 5809 5810 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5811 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5812 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5813 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5814 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5815 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5816 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5817 D.getLocStart(), 5818 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5819 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5820 5821 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5822 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5823 // it yet. 5824 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5825 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5826 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5827 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5828 } 5829 5830 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 5831 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 5832 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 5833 if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 5834 !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() && 5835 !Record->isBeingDefined()) { 5836 SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD); 5837 } 5838 5839 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5840 return NewDD; 5841 5842 } else { 5843 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5844 D.setInvalidType(); 5845 5846 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5847 // code path. 5848 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5849 D.getLocStart(), 5850 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5851 SC, isInline, 5852 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5853 } 5854 5855 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5856 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5857 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5858 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5859 return 0; 5860 } 5861 5862 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5863 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5864 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5865 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5866 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5867 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5868 5869 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5870 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5871 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5872 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5873 // constructor if it has no return type). 5874 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5875 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5876 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5877 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5878 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5879 return 0; 5880 } 5881 5882 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5883 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 5884 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5885 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5886 TInfo, SC, isInline, 5887 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5888 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 5889 return Ret; 5890 } else { 5891 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5892 // prototype. This true when: 5893 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5894 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5895 D.getLocStart(), 5896 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 5897 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5898 } 5899} 5900 5901void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5902 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5903 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5904 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5905 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5906 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5907 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5908 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5909 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5910 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5911 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5912 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5913 << IsTypeAlias; 5914 } 5915} 5916 5917NamedDecl* 5918Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5919 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5920 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5921 bool &AddToScope) { 5922 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5923 5924 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5925 5926 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5927 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5928 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5929 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5930 5931 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 5932 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5933 diag::err_invalid_thread) 5934 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5935 5936 bool isFriend = false; 5937 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5938 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5939 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5940 5941 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5942 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5943 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5944 5945 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5946 5947 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5948 isVirtualOkay); 5949 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5950 5951 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5952 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5953 5954 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5955 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5956 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5957 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5958 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5959 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5960 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5961 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5962 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5963 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5964 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5965 } 5966 5967 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5968 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5969 // return true). 5970 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5971 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5972 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5973 NewFD->setPure(true); 5974 } 5975 5976 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5977 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5978 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5979 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5980 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5981 5982 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5983 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5984 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5985 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5986 5987 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5988 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5989 bool Invalid = false; 5990 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5991 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5992 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5993 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5994 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5995 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5996 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5997 isFriend, 5998 isExplicitSpecialization, 5999 Invalid)) { 6000 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6001 // This is a function template 6002 6003 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6004 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6005 return 0; 6006 6007 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6008 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6009 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6010 return 0; 6011 } 6012 6013 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6014 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6015 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6016 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6017 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6018 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6019 Invalid = true; 6020 } 6021 6022 6023 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6024 NewFD->getLocation(), 6025 Name, TemplateParams, 6026 NewFD); 6027 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6028 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6029 6030 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6031 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6032 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6033 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6034 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6035 } 6036 } else { 6037 // This is a function template specialization. 6038 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6039 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6040 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6041 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6042 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6043 6044 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6045 if (isFriend) { 6046 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6047 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6048 6049 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6050 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6051 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6052 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6053 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6054 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6055 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6056 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6057 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6058 } 6059 6060 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6061 << Name << RemoveRange 6062 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6063 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6064 } 6065 } 6066 } 6067 else { 6068 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6069 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6070 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6071 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6072 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6073 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6074 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6075 } 6076 6077 if (Invalid) { 6078 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6079 if (FunctionTemplate) 6080 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6081 } 6082 6083 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6084 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6085 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6086 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6087 // 6088 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6089 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6090 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6091 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6092 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6093 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6094 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6095 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6096 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6097 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6098 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6099 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6100 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6101 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6102 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6103 } else { 6104 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6105 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6106 } 6107 6108 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6109 NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) 6110 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6111 } 6112 6113 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6114 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6115 // declaration. 6116 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6117 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6118 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6119 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6120 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6121 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6122 } 6123 } 6124 6125 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6126 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6127 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6128 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6129 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6130 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6131 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6132 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6133 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6134 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6135 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6136 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6137 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6138 // or conversion function. 6139 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6140 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6141 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6142 } 6143 } 6144 6145 if (isConstexpr) { 6146 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6147 // are implicitly inline. 6148 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6149 6150 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6151 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6152 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6153 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6154 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6155 } 6156 6157 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6158 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6159 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6160 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6161 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6162 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6163 << 0 6164 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6165 } else { 6166 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6167 if (FunctionTemplate) 6168 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6169 } 6170 } 6171 6172 if (isFriend) { 6173 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 6174 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6175 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6176 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6177 } 6178 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6179 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6180 } 6181 6182 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6183 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6184 case FDK_Declaration: 6185 case FDK_Definition: 6186 break; 6187 6188 case FDK_Defaulted: 6189 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6190 break; 6191 6192 case FDK_Deleted: 6193 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6194 break; 6195 } 6196 6197 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6198 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6199 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6200 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6201 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6202 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6203 } 6204 6205 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6206 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6207 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6208 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6209 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6210 // the class. 6211 6212 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6213 // member function definition. 6214 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6215 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6216 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6217 } 6218 6219 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6220 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6221 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6222 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6223 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6224 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6225 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6226 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6227 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6228 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6229 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 6230 } 6231 } 6232 6233 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6234 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6235 isExplicitSpecialization || 6236 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6237 6238 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6239 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6240 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6241 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6242 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6243 SE->getString())); 6244 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6245 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6246 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6247 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6248 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6249 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6250 } 6251 } 6252 6253 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6254 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6255 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6256 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6257 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6258 6259 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6260 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6261 // single void argument. 6262 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6263 // already checks for that case. 6264 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6265 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 6266 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6267 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6268 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 6269 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 6270 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 6271 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 6272 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6273 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6274 Params.push_back(Param); 6275 6276 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6277 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6278 } 6279 } 6280 6281 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6282 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6283 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6284 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6285 // 6286 // @code 6287 // typedef void fn(int); 6288 // fn f; 6289 // @endcode 6290 6291 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6292 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 6293 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 6294 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6295 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6296 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6297 Params.push_back(Param); 6298 } 6299 } else { 6300 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6301 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6302 } 6303 6304 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6305 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6306 6307 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6308 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6309 // 6310 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6311 // 6312 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6313 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6314 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6315 6316 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6317 NewFD->addAttr( 6318 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6319 Context)); 6320 6321 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 6322 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6323 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 6324 6325 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6326 // because all functions have linkage. 6327 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6328 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6329 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6330 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6331 } 6332 6333 // Handle attributes. 6334 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6335 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 6336 6337 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 6338 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6339 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6340 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6341 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6342 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6343 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 6344 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 6345 Context)); 6346 } 6347 } 6348 6349 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6350 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6351 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6352 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6353 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6354 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6355 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6356 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6357 } 6358 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 6359 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6360 D.setRedeclaration(true); 6361 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6362 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6363 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6364 } else { 6365 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 6366 // argument list into our AST format. 6367 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6368 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 6369 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 6370 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6371 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6372 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6373 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 6374 TemplateArgs); 6375 6376 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6377 6378 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6379 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6380 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 6381 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 6382 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 6383 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6384 6385 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6386 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6387 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 6388 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 6389 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 6390 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 6391 // too few of them). 6392 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 6393 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 6394 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 6395 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 6396 "template<> "); 6397 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6398 } else { 6399 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 6400 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6401 } 6402 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6403 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 6404 // wrote something like: 6405 // template <> friend void foo(int); 6406 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 6407 // friend void foo<>(int); 6408 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 6409 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6410 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6411 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6412 } 6413 6414 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 6415 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 6416 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 6417 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 6418 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 6419 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 6420 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 6421 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 6422 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 6423 InstantiationDependent))) { 6424 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 6425 "friend function specialization without template args"); 6426 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 6427 Previous)) 6428 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6429 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6430 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 6431 && !isFriend) { 6432 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 6433 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 6434 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 6435 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 6436 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6437 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 6438 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 6439 Previous)) 6440 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6441 6442 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 6443 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 6444 // specialization (14.7.3) 6445 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 6446 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 6447 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 6448 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 6449 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6450 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 6451 << SC 6452 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6453 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6454 6455 else 6456 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6457 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 6458 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6459 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6460 } 6461 6462 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6463 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 6464 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6465 } 6466 6467 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6468 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6469 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6470 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 6471 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 6472 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6473 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 6474 } else { 6475 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6476 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6477 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6478 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6479 } 6480 } 6481 6482 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6483 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6484 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6485 6486 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 6487 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 6488 : NewFD); 6489 6490 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 6491 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 6492 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6493 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 6494 6495 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 6496 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 6497 6498 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 6499 } 6500 6501 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 6502 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 6503 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 6504 6505 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 6506 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 6507 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6508 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 6509 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 6510 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 6511 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 6512 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 6513 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 6514 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 6515 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 6516 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6517 DC && DC->isRecord() && 6518 DC->isDependentContext()) 6519 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6520 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 6521 } 6522 6523 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6524 // Ignore all the rest of this. 6525 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 6526 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 6527 AddToScope }; 6528 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 6529 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 6530 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6531 6532 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 6533 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6534 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 6535 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 6536 6537 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 6538 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 6539 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 6540 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 6541 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 6542 // can actually do this check immediately. 6543 if (isFriend && 6544 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 6545 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 6546 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 6547 // ignore these 6548 } else { 6549 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 6550 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 6551 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 6552 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 6553 // 6554 // class X { 6555 // void f() const; 6556 // }; 6557 // 6558 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6559 // 6560 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6561 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6562 // whether the parameter types are references). 6563 6564 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6565 NewFD, 6566 ExtraArgs)) { 6567 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6568 return Result; 6569 } 6570 } 6571 6572 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6573 // to something. 6574 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6575 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6576 NewFD, 6577 ExtraArgs)) { 6578 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6579 return Result; 6580 } 6581 } 6582 6583 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6584 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6585 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6586 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6587 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6588 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6589 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6590 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6591 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6592 // generate them. 6593 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6594 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6595 } 6596 } 6597 6598 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 6599 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 6600 6601 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6602 6603 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6604 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6605 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6606 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6607 << NewFD; 6608 6609 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6610 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6611 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6612 EPI.Variadic = true; 6613 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6614 6615 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI); 6616 NewFD->setType(R); 6617 } 6618 6619 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6620 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6621 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 6622 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6623 6624 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6625 // marking the function. 6626 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6627 6628 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable that is not 6629 // declared directly in the translation unit, update the map of such 6630 // variables. 6631 if (!CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6632 !NewFD->getPreviousDecl() && NewFD->isExternC() && 6633 !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6634 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 6635 6636 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6637 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6638 6639 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6640 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6641 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6642 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6643 return FunctionTemplate; 6644 } 6645 } 6646 6647 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6648 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6649 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6650 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6651 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6652 D.setInvalidType(); 6653 } 6654 6655 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 6656 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 6657 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6658 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 6659 D.setInvalidType(); 6660 } 6661 6662 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 6663 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 6664 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 6665 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6666 6667 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6668 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6669 // pointer to a pointer type. 6670 if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) { 6671 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg); 6672 D.setInvalidType(); 6673 } 6674 6675 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6676 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6677 // of event_t type. 6678 if (PT->isEventT()) { 6679 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg); 6680 D.setInvalidType(); 6681 } 6682 } 6683 } 6684 6685 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6686 6687 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6688 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6689 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6690 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6691 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6692 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6693 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6694 6695 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6696 } 6697 } 6698 6699 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6700 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6701 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6702 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6703 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6704 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6705 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6706 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6707 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6708 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6709 AddToScope = false; 6710 } 6711 6712 return NewFD; 6713} 6714 6715/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6716/// 6717/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6718/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6719/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6720/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6721/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6722/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6723/// via InstantiateDecl). 6724/// 6725/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6726/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6727/// 6728/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6729/// 6730/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6731bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6732 LookupResult &Previous, 6733 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6734 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6735 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6736 6737 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6738 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) { 6739 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6740 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6741 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = 6742 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName())) 6743 Previous.addDecl(ExternCPrev); 6744 } 6745 6746 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6747 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6748 6749 bool Redeclaration = false; 6750 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6751 6752 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6753 // the same name, if appropriate. 6754 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6755 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6756 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6757 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6758 // function to the scope. 6759 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6760 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6761 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 6762 Redeclaration = true; 6763 OldDecl = Candidate; 6764 } 6765 } else { 6766 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6767 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6768 case Ovl_Match: 6769 Redeclaration = true; 6770 break; 6771 6772 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6773 Redeclaration = true; 6774 break; 6775 6776 case Ovl_Overload: 6777 Redeclaration = false; 6778 break; 6779 } 6780 6781 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6782 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6783 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6784 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6785 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6786 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6787 if (Redeclaration) 6788 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6789 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6790 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6791 if (OverloadedDecl) 6792 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6793 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6794 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6795 Context)); 6796 } 6797 } 6798 } 6799 6800 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 6801 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 6802 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 6803 // 6804 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 6805 // definition of a static member function. 6806 // 6807 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 6808 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 6809 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6810 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 6811 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 6812 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 6813 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6814 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 6815 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 6816 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 6817 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 6818 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6819 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6820 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6821 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 6822 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6823 FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 6824 6825 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 6826 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 6827 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 6828 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 6829 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 6830 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 6831 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 6832 6833 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 6834 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 6835 } 6836 } 6837 } 6838 6839 if (Redeclaration) { 6840 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6841 // merged. 6842 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6843 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6844 return Redeclaration; 6845 } 6846 6847 Previous.clear(); 6848 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6849 6850 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6851 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6852 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6853 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6854 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6855 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6856 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6857 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6858 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6859 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6860 } 6861 6862 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6863 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6864 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6865 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6866 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6867 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6868 } 6869 6870 } else { 6871 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 6872 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6873 6874 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6875 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 6876 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 6877 // because of templates, which means that the previous 6878 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 6879 6880 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 6881 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6882 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 6883 6884 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 6885 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 6886 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 6887 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 6888 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 6889 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 6890 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); 6891 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 6892 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 6893 } 6894 } 6895 } 6896 } 6897 } 6898 6899 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6901 // C++-specific checks. 6902 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6903 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6904 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6905 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6906 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6907 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6908 6909 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6910 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6911 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6912 DeclarationName Name 6913 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6914 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6915 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6916 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6917 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6918 return Redeclaration; 6919 } 6920 } 6921 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6922 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6923 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6924 } 6925 6926 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6927 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6928 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6929 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6930 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6931 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6932 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6933 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6934 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6935 } 6936 } 6937 } 6938 6939 if (Method->isStatic()) 6940 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6941 } 6942 6943 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6944 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6945 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6946 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6947 return Redeclaration; 6948 } 6949 6950 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6951 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6952 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6953 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6954 return Redeclaration; 6955 } 6956 6957 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6958 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6959 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6960 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6961 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6962 6963 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6964 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6965 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6966 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6967 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6968 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6969 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6970 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6971 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6972 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6973 } 6974 } 6975 6976 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6977 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6978 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6979 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 6980 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 6981 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6982 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6983 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6984 << NewFD << R; 6985 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6986 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6987 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6988 } 6989 } 6990 return Redeclaration; 6991} 6992 6993static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6994 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6995 if (!TSI) 6996 return SourceRange(); 6997 6998 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 6999 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 7000 if (!FunctionTL) 7001 return SourceRange(); 7002 7003 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); 7004 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 7005 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 7006 7007 return SourceRange(); 7008} 7009 7010void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7011 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 7012 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 7013 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7014 // appear in a declaration of main. 7015 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7016 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7017 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7018 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7019 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7020 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7021 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7022 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7023 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7024 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 7025 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 7026 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 7027 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7028 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 7029 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 7030 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 7031 } 7032 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 7033 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 7034 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 7035 FD->setConstexpr(false); 7036 } 7037 7038 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7039 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7040 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7041 7042 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 7043 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7044 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7045 // set the flag which tells us that. 7046 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7047 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7048 7049 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7050 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7051 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7052 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7053 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7054 7055 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7056 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7057 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7058 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7059 7060 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7061 } else { 7062 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7063 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7064 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7065 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7066 else 7067 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7068 7069 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7070 } 7071 7072 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7073 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7074 7075 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7076 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 7077 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7078 7079 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7080 7081 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7082 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7083 // getting shifty. 7084 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7085 HasExtraParameters = false; 7086 7087 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7088 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7089 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7090 nparams = 3; 7091 } 7092 7093 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7094 // if we had some location information about types. 7095 7096 QualType CharPP = 7097 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7098 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7099 7100 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7101 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 7102 7103 bool mismatch = true; 7104 7105 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7106 mismatch = false; 7107 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7108 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7109 // char const ** 7110 // char const * const * 7111 // char * const * 7112 7113 QualifierCollector qs; 7114 const PointerType* PT; 7115 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7116 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7117 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7118 Context.CharTy)) { 7119 qs.removeConst(); 7120 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7121 } 7122 } 7123 7124 if (mismatch) { 7125 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7126 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7127 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7128 } 7129 } 7130 7131 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7132 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7133 } 7134 7135 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7136 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 7137 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7138 } 7139} 7140 7141bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7142 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7143 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7144 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7145 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7146 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7147 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7148 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7149 // rules there don't matter.) 7150 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7151 return false; 7152 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7153 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7154 return true; 7155} 7156 7157namespace { 7158 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7159 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7160 class SelfReferenceChecker 7161 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7162 Sema &S; 7163 Decl *OrigDecl; 7164 bool isRecordType; 7165 bool isPODType; 7166 bool isReferenceType; 7167 7168 public: 7169 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7170 7171 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7172 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7173 isPODType = false; 7174 isRecordType = false; 7175 isReferenceType = false; 7176 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7177 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7178 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7179 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7180 } 7181 } 7182 7183 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7184 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7185 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7186 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7187 if (isReferenceType) 7188 return; 7189 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7190 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7191 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7192 return; 7193 } 7194 7195 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7196 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7197 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7198 return; 7199 } 7200 7201 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7202 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7203 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7204 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7205 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7206 return; 7207 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7208 } 7209 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7210 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7211 return; 7212 } 7213 } 7214 7215 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7216 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7217 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7218 if (isReferenceType) 7219 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7220 } 7221 7222 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7223 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7224 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7225 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7226 7227 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7228 } 7229 7230 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7231 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7232 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7233 7234 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7235 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7236 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7237 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7238 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7239 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7240 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7241 Warn = false; 7242 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7243 } 7244 7245 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7246 if (Warn) 7247 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7248 return; 7249 } 7250 7251 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7252 // Visit that expression. 7253 Visit(Base); 7254 } 7255 7256 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7257 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7258 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7259 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7260 7261 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7262 } 7263 7264 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7265 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7266 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7267 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7268 if (!isPODType) 7269 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7270 return; 7271 } 7272 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7273 } 7274 7275 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7276 7277 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7278 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7279 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7280 unsigned diag; 7281 if (isReferenceType) { 7282 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7283 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7284 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7285 } else { 7286 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7287 } 7288 7289 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7290 S.PDiag(diag) 7291 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7292 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7293 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7294 } 7295 }; 7296 7297 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7298 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7299 bool DirectInit) { 7300 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7301 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7302 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7303 return; 7304 7305 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7306 7307 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7308 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7309 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7310 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7311 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7312 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 7313 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 7314 return; 7315 7316 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 7317 } 7318} 7319 7320/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 7321/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 7322/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 7323void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 7324 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7325 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 7326 // the initializer. 7327 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7328 return; 7329 7330 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7331 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 7332 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 7333 // Thus this grotesque test. 7334 IntegerLiteral *IL; 7335 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 7336 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 7337 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 7338 else { 7339 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 7340 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 7341 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 7342 } 7343 return; 7344 } 7345 7346 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 7347 if (!VDecl) { 7348 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 7349 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 7350 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7351 return; 7352 } 7353 7354 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 7355 7356 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 7357 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7358 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 7359 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 7360 // contains exactly one expression. 7361 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7362 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 7363 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 7364 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 7365 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 7366 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 7367 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7368 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7369 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7370 return; 7371 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 7372 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 7373 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 7374 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7375 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7376 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7377 return; 7378 } else { 7379 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 7380 } 7381 } 7382 7383 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7384 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 7385 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7386 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7387 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7388 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7389 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7390 return; 7391 } 7392 Init = Result.take(); 7393 DefaultedToAuto = true; 7394 } 7395 7396 QualType DeducedType; 7397 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 7398 DAR_Failed) 7399 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 7400 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 7401 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7402 return; 7403 } 7404 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 7405 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 7406 7407 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 7408 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 7409 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7410 7411 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 7412 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 7413 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 7414 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 7415 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 7416 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 7417 SourceLocation Loc = 7418 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7419 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 7420 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 7421 } 7422 7423 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 7424 // the previously declared type. 7425 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 7426 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*OldWasHidden*/ false); 7427 7428 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 7429 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 7430 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7431 return; 7432 } 7433 7434 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 7435 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 7436 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 7437 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7438 return; 7439 } 7440 7441 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 7442 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 7443 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 7444 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 7445 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 7446 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 7447 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 7448 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 7449 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7450 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7451 return; 7452 } 7453 7454 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7455 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 7456 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7457 AbstractVariableType)) 7458 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7459 } 7460 7461 const VarDecl *Def; 7462 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 7463 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7464 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7465 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7466 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7467 return; 7468 } 7469 7470 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 7471 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7472 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 7473 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 7474 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7475 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 7476 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 7477 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 7478 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 7479 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 7480 // 7481 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 7482 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 7483 // declaration with an initializer. 7484 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 7485 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7486 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7487 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7488 return; 7489 } 7490 7491 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 7492 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7493 7494 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 7495 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7496 return; 7497 } 7498 } 7499 7500 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 7501 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 7502 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 7503 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 7504 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7505 return; 7506 } 7507 7508 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 7509 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 7510 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 7511 7512 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 7513 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 7514 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 7515 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7516 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7517 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7518 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7519 return; 7520 } 7521 Init = Result.take(); 7522 } 7523 7524 // Perform the initialization. 7525 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7526 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 7527 InitializationKind Kind 7528 = DirectInit ? 7529 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 7530 Init->getLocStart(), 7531 Init->getLocEnd()) 7532 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 7533 VDecl->getLocation()) 7534 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 7535 Init->getLocStart()); 7536 7537 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 7538 if (CXXDirectInit) 7539 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 7540 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 7541 7542 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 7543 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 7544 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7545 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7546 return; 7547 } 7548 7549 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7550 } 7551 7552 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 7553 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 7554 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 7555 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 7556 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 7557 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 7558 } 7559 7560 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 7561 // completed by the initializer. For example: 7562 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 7563 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 7564 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 7565 VDecl->setType(DclT); 7566 7567 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7568 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 7569 7570 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7571 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 7572 7573 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 7574 // Although this code can still have problems: 7575 // id x = self.weakProp; 7576 // id y = self.weakProp; 7577 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 7578 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 7579 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 7580 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 7581 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 7582 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 7583 Init->getLocStart()); 7584 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7585 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 7586 } 7587 } 7588 7589 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 7590 // 7591 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 7592 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 7593 // full-expression. For instance, in: 7594 // 7595 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 7596 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 7597 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 7598 // 7599 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 7600 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 7601 false, 7602 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 7603 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7604 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7605 return; 7606 } 7607 Init = Result.take(); 7608 7609 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 7610 VDecl->setInit(Init); 7611 7612 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 7613 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 7614 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 7615 // C++ does not have this restriction. 7616 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 7617 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7618 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7619 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 7620 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 7621 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 7622 // 7623 // struct S { 7624 // static const int value = 17; 7625 // }; 7626 7627 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 7628 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 7629 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 7630 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 7631 // 7632 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 7633 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 7634 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7635 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 7636 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 7637 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 7638 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 7639 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 7640 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 7641 7642 // Do nothing on dependent types. 7643 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 7644 7645 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 7646 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 7647 // type. 7648 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 7649 7650 // Require constness. 7651 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 7652 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 7653 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7654 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7655 7656 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 7657 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7658 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 7659 SourceLocation Loc; 7660 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 7661 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 7662 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 7663 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 7664 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 7665 ; // Nothing to check. 7666 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 7667 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 7668 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7669 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 7670 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 7671 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7672 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7673 } else { 7674 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 7675 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 7676 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7677 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7678 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7679 } 7680 7681 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 7682 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 7683 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 7684 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 7685 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 7686 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 7687 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7688 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7689 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 7690 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7691 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7692 } else { 7693 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 7694 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7695 7696 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7697 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7698 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7699 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7700 } 7701 } 7702 7703 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 7704 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 7705 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 7706 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 7707 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7708 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 7709 7710 } else { 7711 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 7712 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7713 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7714 } 7715 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 7716 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 7717 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 7718 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 7719 VDecl->isExternC()))) 7720 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 7721 7722 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 7723 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7724 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7725 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 7726 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 7727 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 7728 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 7729 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 7730 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 7731 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 7732 // initialization. 7733 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 7734 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 7735 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 7736 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 7737 } 7738 } 7739 7740 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 7741 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 7742 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 7743 // 7744 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 7745 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 7746 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 7747 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 7748 // special case code. 7749 7750 // C++ 8.5p11: 7751 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 7752 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 7753 // class type. 7754 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7755 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7756 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7757 } else if (DirectInit) { 7758 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7759 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7760 } 7761 7762 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7763} 7764 7765/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7766/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7767/// of sanity. 7768void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7769 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7770 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7771 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7772 7773 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7774 if (!VD) return; 7775 7776 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7777 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7778 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7779 return; 7780 } 7781 7782 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7783 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7784 7785 // Require a complete type. 7786 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7787 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7788 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7789 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7790 return; 7791 } 7792 7793 // Require an abstract type. 7794 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7795 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7796 AbstractVariableType)) { 7797 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7798 return; 7799 } 7800 7801 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7802 // though. 7803} 7804 7805void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7806 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7807 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7808 if (RealDecl == 0) 7809 return; 7810 7811 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7812 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7813 7814 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7815 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7816 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7817 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7818 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7819 return; 7820 } 7821 7822 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7823 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7824 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7825 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7826 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7827 // member. 7828 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7829 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7830 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7831 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7832 << Var->getDeclName(); 7833 else 7834 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7835 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7836 return; 7837 } 7838 7839 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7840 case VarDecl::Definition: 7841 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7842 break; 7843 7844 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7845 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7846 // a declaration. 7847 // 7848 // Fall through 7849 7850 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7851 // It's only a declaration. 7852 7853 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7854 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7855 // object shall be complete. 7856 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7857 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7858 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7859 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7860 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7861 7862 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7863 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7864 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7865 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7866 AbstractVariableType)) 7867 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7868 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7869 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7870 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7871 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7872 } 7873 7874 return; 7875 7876 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7877 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7878 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7879 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7880 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7881 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7882 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7883 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7884 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7885 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7886 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7887 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7888 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7889 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7890 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7891 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7892 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7893 // NOTE: code such as the following 7894 // static struct s; 7895 // struct s { int a; }; 7896 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7897 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7898 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7899 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7900 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7901 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7902 } 7903 } 7904 7905 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7906 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7907 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7908 return; 7909 } 7910 7911 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7912 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7913 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7914 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7915 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7916 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7917 return; 7918 } 7919 7920 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7921 // definitions with reference type. 7922 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7923 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7924 << Var->getDeclName() 7925 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7926 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7927 return; 7928 } 7929 7930 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7931 // variable with dependent type. 7932 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7933 return; 7934 7935 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7936 return; 7937 7938 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7939 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7940 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7941 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7942 return; 7943 } 7944 7945 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7946 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7947 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7948 AbstractVariableType)) { 7949 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7950 return; 7951 } 7952 7953 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7954 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7955 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7956 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7957 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7958 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7959 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7960 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7961 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7962 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7963 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7964 if (const RecordType *Record 7965 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7966 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7967 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7968 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7969 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7970 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7971 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7972 } 7973 } 7974 7975 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7976 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7977 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7978 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7979 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7980 // type shall have a user-declared default 7981 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7982 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7983 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7984 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7985 // program is ill-formed. 7986 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7987 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7988 // default-initialized; [...]. 7989 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7990 InitializationKind Kind 7991 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7992 7993 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 7994 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 7995 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7996 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7997 else if (Init.get()) { 7998 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7999 // This is important for template substitution. 8000 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8001 } 8002 8003 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 8004 } 8005} 8006 8007void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 8008 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8009 if (!VD) { 8010 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 8011 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8012 return; 8013 } 8014 8015 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 8016 8017 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 8018 int Error = -1; 8019 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 8020 case SC_None: 8021 break; 8022 case SC_Extern: 8023 Error = 0; 8024 break; 8025 case SC_Static: 8026 Error = 1; 8027 break; 8028 case SC_PrivateExtern: 8029 Error = 2; 8030 break; 8031 case SC_Auto: 8032 Error = 3; 8033 break; 8034 case SC_Register: 8035 Error = 4; 8036 break; 8037 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 8038 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 8039 } 8040 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 8041 Error = 5; 8042 if (Error != -1) { 8043 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 8044 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 8045 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8046 } 8047} 8048 8049void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 8050 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8051 8052 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 8053 // local retaining variable. 8054 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8055 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8056 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8057 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8058 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8059 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8060 break; 8061 8062 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8063 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8064 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8065 break; 8066 } 8067 } 8068 8069 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8070 var->isExternallyVisible() && 8071 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8072 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8073 var->getLocation())) { 8074 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8075 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8076 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8077 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8078 8079 if (!prev) 8080 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8081 } 8082 8083 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8084 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8085 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8086 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8087 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8088 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8089 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8090 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8091 } 8092 8093 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8094 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8095 8096 QualType type = var->getType(); 8097 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8098 8099 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8100 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8101 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8102 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8103 8104 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8105 // constructing this copy. 8106 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8107 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8108 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8109 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8110 ExprResult result 8111 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8112 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8113 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8114 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8115 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8116 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8117 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8118 } 8119 } 8120 } 8121 8122 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8123 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8124 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8125 8126 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8127 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 8128 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8129 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8130 var->getLocation()) 8131 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 8132 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8133 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8134 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8135 8136 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8137 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8138 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8139 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8140 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8141 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8142 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8143 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8144 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8145 Notes.clear(); 8146 } 8147 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8148 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8149 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8150 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8151 } 8152 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8153 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8154 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8155 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8156 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8157 } 8158 } 8159 8160 // Require the destructor. 8161 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8162 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8163} 8164 8165/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8166/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8167void 8168Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8169 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8170 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8171 8172 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8173 if (!VD) 8174 return; 8175 8176 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8177 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8178 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8179 if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 8180 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8181 8182 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8183 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8184 8185 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8186 // tag values. 8187 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8188 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8189 return; 8190 8191 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 8192 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 8193 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 8194 I != E; ++I) { 8195 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8196 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8197 continue; 8198 } 8199 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8200 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8201 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8202 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8203 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8204 continue; 8205 } 8206 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8207 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8208 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8209 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8210 continue; 8211 } 8212 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8213 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8214 MagicValue, 8215 I->getMatchingCType(), 8216 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 8217 I->getMustBeNull()); 8218 } 8219} 8220 8221Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8222Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 8223 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8224 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 8225 8226 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 8227 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 8228 8229 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8230 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 8231 Decls.push_back(D); 8232 8233 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 8234 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 8235 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 8236 8237 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 8238 DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 8239} 8240 8241/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 8242/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 8243Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8244Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 8245 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8246 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 8247 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 8248 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 8249 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 8250 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 8251 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 8252 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 8253 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 8254 QualType Deduced; 8255 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 8256 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 8257 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 8258 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 8259 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 8260 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 8261 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 8262 break; 8263 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 8264 if (!U.isNull()) { 8265 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 8266 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 8267 Deduced = U; 8268 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 8269 DeducedDecl = D; 8270 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 8271 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 8272 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 8273 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 8274 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 8275 << U << D->getDeclName() 8276 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 8277 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 8278 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8279 break; 8280 } 8281 } 8282 } 8283 } 8284 } 8285 8286 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 8287 8288 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 8289} 8290 8291void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 8292 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 8293} 8294 8295void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8296 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 8297 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 8298 return; 8299 8300 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 8301 Group[0]->getLocation()) 8302 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8303 return; 8304 8305 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 8306 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 8307 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 8308 // additional declaration references: 8309 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 8310 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 8311 // 'struct S *pS;' 8312 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 8313 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 8314 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 8315 Group++; 8316 NumDecls--; 8317 } 8318 } 8319 8320 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 8321 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 8322 if (!Comments.empty() && 8323 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 8324 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 8325 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 8326 // 8327 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 8328 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 8329 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 8330 // ahead through comments. 8331 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8332 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 8333 } 8334} 8335 8336/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 8337/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 8338Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 8339 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 8340 8341 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 8342 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 8343 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 8344 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 8345 StorageClass = SC_Register; 8346 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8347 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 8348 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 8349 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 8350 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8351 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 8352 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8353 } 8354 8355 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8356 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 8357 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8358 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 8359 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8360 << 0; 8361 8362 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 8363 8364 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8365 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 8366 8367 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8368 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 8369 // parameter. 8370 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8371 8372 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 8373 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8374 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 8375 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8376 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 8377 } 8378 } 8379 8380 // Ensure we have a valid name 8381 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 8382 if (D.hasName()) { 8383 II = D.getIdentifier(); 8384 if (!II) { 8385 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 8386 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 8387 D.setInvalidType(true); 8388 } 8389 } 8390 8391 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 8392 if (II) { 8393 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 8394 ForRedeclaration); 8395 LookupName(R, S); 8396 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 8397 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 8398 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8399 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8400 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8401 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8402 PrevDecl = 0; 8403 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 8404 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 8405 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8406 8407 // Recover by removing the name 8408 II = 0; 8409 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8410 D.setInvalidType(true); 8411 } 8412 } 8413 } 8414 8415 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 8416 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 8417 // looking like class members in C++. 8418 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 8419 D.getLocStart(), 8420 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 8421 parmDeclType, TInfo, 8422 StorageClass); 8423 8424 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8425 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8426 8427 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 8428 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 8429 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 8430 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 8431 8432 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 8433 S->AddDecl(New); 8434 if (II) 8435 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 8436 8437 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 8438 8439 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8440 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8441 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 8442 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8443 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8444 8445 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8446 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8447 } 8448 return New; 8449} 8450 8451/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 8452/// typedef. 8453ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 8454 SourceLocation Loc, 8455 QualType T) { 8456 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 8457 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 8458 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 8459 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 8460 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 8461 SC_None, 0); 8462 Param->setImplicit(); 8463 return Param; 8464} 8465 8466void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8467 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 8468 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 8469 // will already have done so in the template itself. 8470 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 8471 return; 8472 8473 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8474 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 8475 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 8476 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 8477 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 8478 } 8479 } 8480} 8481 8482void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8483 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 8484 QualType ReturnTy, 8485 NamedDecl *D) { 8486 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 8487 return; 8488 8489 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8490 // threshold. 8491 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 8492 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 8493 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8494 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 8495 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 8496 } 8497 8498 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8499 // threshold. 8500 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8501 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 8502 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 8503 continue; 8504 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 8505 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8506 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 8507 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 8508 } 8509} 8510 8511ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8512 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 8513 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 8514 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 8515 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 8516 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8517 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 8518 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8519 8520 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 8521 8522 // Special cases for arrays: 8523 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 8524 // - otherwise, it's an error 8525 if (T->isArrayType()) { 8526 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 8527 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 8528 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 8529 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 8530 } 8531 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 8532 } else { 8533 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 8534 } 8535 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 8536 } 8537 8538 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 8539 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 8540 TSInfo, 8541 StorageClass, 0); 8542 8543 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 8544 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8545 // the class has been completely parsed. 8546 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 8547 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8548 AbstractParamType)) 8549 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8550 8551 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 8552 // passed by reference. 8553 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 8554 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 8555 Diag(NameLoc, 8556 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 8557 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 8558 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 8559 New->setType(T); 8560 } 8561 8562 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 8563 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 8564 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 8565 // an address space. 8566 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 8567 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 8568 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8569 } 8570 8571 return New; 8572} 8573 8574void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 8575 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 8576 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8577 8578 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 8579 // for a K&R function. 8580 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 8581 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 8582 --i; 8583 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 8584 SmallString<256> Code; 8585 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 8586 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 8587 << ";\n"; 8588 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 8589 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 8590 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 8591 8592 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 8593 // type. 8594 AttributeFactory attrs; 8595 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 8596 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 8597 unsigned DiagID; // unused 8598 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 8599 PrevSpec, DiagID); 8600 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 8601 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8602 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8603 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 8604 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8605 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 8606 } 8607 } 8608 } 8609} 8610 8611Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 8612 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 8613 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 8614 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 8615 8616 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 8617 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 8618 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 8619} 8620 8621static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 8622 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8623 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 8624 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8625 return false; 8626 8627 // Or declarations that aren't global. 8628 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 8629 return false; 8630 8631 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 8632 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 8633 return false; 8634 8635 // Don't warn about 'main'. 8636 if (FD->isMain()) 8637 return false; 8638 8639 // Don't warn about inline functions. 8640 if (FD->isInlined()) 8641 return false; 8642 8643 // Don't warn about function templates. 8644 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8645 return false; 8646 8647 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 8648 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 8649 return false; 8650 8651 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 8652 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 8653 return false; 8654 8655 bool MissingPrototype = true; 8656 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 8657 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 8658 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 8659 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 8660 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8661 continue; 8662 8663 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 8664 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 8665 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 8666 break; 8667 } 8668 8669 return MissingPrototype; 8670} 8671 8672void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8673 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 8674 // was an extern inline function. 8675 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 8676 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 8677 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 8678 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 8679 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 8680 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 8681 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 8682 else 8683 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 8684 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8685 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8686 } 8687} 8688 8689Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 8690 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 8691 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 8692 8693 if (!D) 8694 return D; 8695 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8696 8697 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8698 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8699 else 8700 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8701 8702 // Enter a new function scope 8703 PushFunctionScope(); 8704 8705 // See if this is a redefinition. 8706 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 8707 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 8708 8709 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 8710 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8711 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 8712 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 8713 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 8714 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8715 } 8716 } 8717 8718 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 8719 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 8720 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 8721 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 8722 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8723 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 8724 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 8725 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8726 8727 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 8728 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 8729 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 8730 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 8731 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 8732 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 8733 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 8734 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 8735 8736 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8737 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 8738 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 8739 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 8740 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 8741 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 8742 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 8743 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 8744 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 8745 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 8746 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 8747 } 8748 } 8749 } 8750 8751 if (FnBodyScope) 8752 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 8753 8754 // Check the validity of our function parameters 8755 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8756 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 8757 8758 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 8759 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 8760 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 8761 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 8762 8763 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8764 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 8765 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 8766 8767 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 8768 } 8769 } 8770 8771 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8772 // introduce them into the function scope. 8773 if (FnBodyScope) { 8774 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8775 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8776 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8777 8778 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8779 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8780 // and reattach to the current context. 8781 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8782 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8783 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8784 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8785 if (*DI == D) { 8786 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8787 break; 8788 } 8789 } 8790 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8791 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8792 } 8793 8794 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8795 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8796 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8797 8798 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8799 // accessible in this scope. 8800 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8801 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8802 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8803 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8804 } 8805 } 8806 } 8807 8808 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8809 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8810 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8811 8812 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8813 // dllimport attribute. 8814 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8815 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8816 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8817 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8818 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8819 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8820 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8821 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8822 << "dllimport"; 8823 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8824 return D; 8825 } 8826 8827 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8828 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8829 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8830 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8831 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8832 // emitted. 8833 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8834 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8835 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8836 } 8837 } 8838 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8839 // a function template). 8840 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8841 return D; 8842} 8843 8844/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8845/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8846/// optimization. 8847/// 8848/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8849/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8850/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8851/// use the named return value optimization. 8852/// 8853/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8854/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8855/// the NRVO variable. 8856/// 8857/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8858/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8859/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8860void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8861 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8862 8863 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8864 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8865 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8866 return; 8867 8868 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8869 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8870 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8871 return; 8872 } 8873 8874 if (NRVOCandidate) 8875 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8876} 8877 8878bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8879 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8880 return false; 8881 8882 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8883 return true; 8884 8885 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8886 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8887 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8888 else 8889 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8890 8891 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8892 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8893 // rest of the file. 8894 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 8895 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 8896 return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType(); 8897} 8898 8899Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8900 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8901 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8902 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8903 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8904 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8905} 8906 8907Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8908 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8909} 8910 8911Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8912 bool IsInstantiation) { 8913 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8914 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8915 if (FunTmpl) 8916 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8917 else 8918 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8919 8920 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8921 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8922 8923 if (FD) { 8924 FD->setBody(Body); 8925 8926 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 8927 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8928 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 8929 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 8930 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 8931 if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 8932 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 8933 << FD->getResultType(); 8934 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8935 } else { 8936 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 8937 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 8938 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc(); 8939 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 8940 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 8941 } 8942 } 8943 8944 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 8945 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 8946 // is the first declaration. 8947 if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 8948 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 8949 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8950 else if (FD->isInlined() && 8951 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 8952 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 8953 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8954 } 8955 8956 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8957 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8958 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8959 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8960 8961 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8962 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8963 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8964 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8965 8966 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8967 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8968 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8969 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8970 8971 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8972 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8973 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8974 8975 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8976 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8977 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8978 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8979 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8980 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8981 } 8982 8983 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8984 "Function parsing confused"); 8985 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8986 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8987 MD->setBody(Body); 8988 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8989 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8990 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8991 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8992 8993 if (Body) 8994 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8995 } 8996 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8997 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8998 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8999 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 9000 } 9001 } else { 9002 return 0; 9003 } 9004 9005 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 9006 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 9007 "handled in the block above."); 9008 9009 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 9010 if (Body) { 9011 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 9012 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 9013 // Verify this. 9014 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 9015 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 9016 9017 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 9018 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 9019 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 9020 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 9021 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 9022 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 9023 9024 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 9025 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 9026 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 9027 9028 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 9029 Destructor->getParent()); 9030 } 9031 9032 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9033 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9034 // deletion in some later function. 9035 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 9036 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 9037 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9038 } 9039 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 9040 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 9041 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 9042 // enabled. 9043 ActivePolicy = &WP; 9044 } 9045 9046 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9047 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 9048 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 9049 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9050 9051 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 9052 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 9053 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 9054 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 9055 } 9056 9057 if (!IsInstantiation) 9058 PopDeclContext(); 9059 9060 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 9061 9062 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9063 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9064 // deletion in some later function. 9065 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 9066 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9067 } 9068 9069 return dcl; 9070} 9071 9072 9073/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 9074/// relevant Decl. 9075void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 9076 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 9077 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 9078 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 9079 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9080 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 9081 9082 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 9083 if (Method->isStatic()) 9084 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 9085} 9086 9087 9088/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 9089/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 9090NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 9091 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 9092 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 9093 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 9094 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 9095 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 9096 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 9097 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 9098 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9099 return ExternCPrev; 9100 } 9101 9102 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 9103 unsigned diag_id; 9104 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9105 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 9106 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 9107 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 9108 else 9109 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 9110 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 9111 9112 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 9113 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 9114 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 9115 TypoCorrection Corrected; 9116 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 9117 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 9118 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 9119 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 9120 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 9121 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 9122 9123 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 9124 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 9125 9126 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 9127 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9128 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 9129 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 9130 } 9131 } 9132 9133 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 9134 const char *Dummy; 9135 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 9136 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 9137 unsigned DiagID; 9138 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 9139 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 9140 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 9141 SourceLocation NoLoc; 9142 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 9143 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 9144 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 9145 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9146 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 9147 /*NumArgs=*/0, 9148 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 9149 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9150 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 9151 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 9152 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9153 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9154 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9155 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 9156 EST_None, 9157 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 9158 /*Exceptions=*/0, 9159 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 9160 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 9161 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 9162 Loc, Loc, D), 9163 DS.getAttributes(), 9164 SourceLocation()); 9165 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 9166 9167 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 9168 9169 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 9170 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9171 9172 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 9173 FD->setImplicit(); 9174 9175 CurContext = PrevDC; 9176 9177 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 9178 9179 return FD; 9180} 9181 9182/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 9183/// the declaration of this function. 9184/// 9185/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 9186/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 9187/// like NSLog or printf. 9188/// 9189/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 9190/// attributes are applied to declarations. 9191void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9192 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9193 return; 9194 9195 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 9196 // actual attributes. 9197 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9198 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 9199 unsigned FormatIdx; 9200 bool HasVAListArg; 9201 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 9202 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 9203 const char *fmt = "printf"; 9204 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 9205 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 9206 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9207 fmt = "NSString"; 9208 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9209 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 9210 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9211 } 9212 } 9213 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 9214 HasVAListArg)) { 9215 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9216 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9217 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 9218 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9219 } 9220 9221 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 9222 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 9223 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 9224 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 9225 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 9226 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9227 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9228 } 9229 9230 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 9231 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 9232 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9233 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 9234 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9235 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9236 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9237 } 9238 9239 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 9240 if (!Name) 9241 return; 9242 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9243 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 9244 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 9245 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 9246 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 9247 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 9248 // about. 9249 } else 9250 return; 9251 9252 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 9253 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 9254 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 9255 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9256 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9257 "printf", 2, 9258 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 9259 } 9260 9261 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 9262 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 9263 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 9264 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 9265 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 9266 } 9267} 9268 9269TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 9270 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 9271 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 9272 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 9273 9274 if (!TInfo) { 9275 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 9276 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 9277 } 9278 9279 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 9280 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9281 D.getLocStart(), 9282 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 9283 D.getIdentifier(), 9284 TInfo); 9285 9286 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 9287 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 9288 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 9289 return NewTD; 9290 } 9291 9292 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 9293 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9294 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9295 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 9296 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9297 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9298 else 9299 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 9300 } 9301 9302 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 9303 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 9304 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 9305 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 9306 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 9307 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 9308 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 9309 case TST_enum: 9310 case TST_struct: 9311 case TST_interface: 9312 case TST_union: 9313 case TST_class: { 9314 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 9315 9316 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 9317 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 9318 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 9319 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 9320 9321 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 9322 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 9323 9324 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 9325 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 9326 break; 9327 9328 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 9329 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 9330 break; 9331 } 9332 9333 default: 9334 break; 9335 } 9336 9337 return NewTD; 9338} 9339 9340 9341/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 9342bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 9343 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9344 QualType T = TI->getType(); 9345 9346 if (T->isDependentType()) 9347 return false; 9348 9349 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 9350 if (BT->isInteger()) 9351 return false; 9352 9353 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 9354 return true; 9355} 9356 9357/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 9358/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 9359bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 9360 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 9361 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 9362 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 9363 9364 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 9365 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 9366 << Prev->isScoped(); 9367 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9368 return true; 9369 } 9370 9371 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 9372 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 9373 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 9374 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 9375 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 9376 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 9377 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 9378 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9379 return true; 9380 } 9381 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 9382 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 9383 << Prev->isFixed(); 9384 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9385 return true; 9386 } 9387 9388 return false; 9389} 9390 9391/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 9392/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 9393/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 9394/// 9395/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 9396static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 9397 switch (Tag) { 9398 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 9399 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 9400 case TTK_Class: return 2; 9401 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 9402 } 9403} 9404 9405/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 9406/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 9407/// 9408/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 9409static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 9410{ 9411 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 9412} 9413 9414/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 9415/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 9416/// 9417/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 9418bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 9419 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 9420 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 9421 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 9422 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 9423 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 9424 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 9425 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 9426 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 9427 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 9428 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 9429 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 9430 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 9431 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 9432 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 9433 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 9434 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 9435 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 9436 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 9437 if (OldTag == NewTag) 9438 return true; 9439 9440 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 9441 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 9442 bool isTemplate = false; 9443 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 9444 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9445 9446 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9447 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 9448 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 9449 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9450 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9451 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9452 return true; 9453 } 9454 9455 if (isDefinition) { 9456 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 9457 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 9458 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9459 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 9460 return true; 9461 } 9462 9463 bool previousMismatch = false; 9464 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 9465 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 9466 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 9467 if (!previousMismatch) { 9468 previousMismatch = true; 9469 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 9470 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9471 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 9472 } 9473 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9474 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 9475 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 9476 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 9477 } 9478 } 9479 return true; 9480 } 9481 9482 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 9483 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 9484 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 9485 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 9486 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 9487 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 9488 return true; 9489 } 9490 9491 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9492 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9493 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9494 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9495 9496 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 9497 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9498 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9499 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 9500 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 9501 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 9502 } 9503 9504 return true; 9505 } 9506 return false; 9507} 9508 9509/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 9510/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 9511/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 9512/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 9513Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 9514 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 9515 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 9516 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 9517 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 9518 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 9519 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 9520 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 9521 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 9522 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 9523 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 9524 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 9525 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 9526 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 9527 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 9528 9529 OwnedDecl = false; 9530 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 9531 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 9532 9533 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 9534 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 9535 bool Invalid = false; 9536 9537 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 9538 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 9539 // for non-C++ cases. 9540 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 9541 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 9542 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 9543 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 9544 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 9545 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9546 TUK == TUK_Friend, 9547 isExplicitSpecialization, 9548 Invalid)) { 9549 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9550 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 9551 return 0; 9552 } 9553 9554 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 9555 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 9556 // be a member of another template). 9557 9558 if (Invalid) 9559 return 0; 9560 9561 OwnedDecl = false; 9562 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 9563 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 9564 TemplateParams, AS, 9565 ModulePrivateLoc, 9566 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 9567 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9568 return Result.get(); 9569 } else { 9570 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 9571 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 9572 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 9573 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 9574 } 9575 } 9576 } 9577 9578 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 9579 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 9580 // redeclaration. 9581 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 9582 9583 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9584 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 9585 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 9586 // type, default to int. 9587 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9588 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 9589 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 9590 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 9591 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 9592 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 9593 EnumUnderlying = TI; 9594 9595 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 9596 // Recover by falling back to int. 9597 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9598 9599 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 9600 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 9601 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9602 9603 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9604 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 9605 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9606 } 9607 9608 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 9609 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 9610 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 9611 9612 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 9613 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 9614 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 9615 9616 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 9617 9618 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9619 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 9620 9621 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 9622 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 9623 Name = 0; 9624 goto CreateNewDecl; 9625 } 9626 9627 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 9628 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 9629 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9630 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 9631 if (!DC) { 9632 IsDependent = true; 9633 return 0; 9634 } 9635 } else { 9636 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 9637 if (!DC) { 9638 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 9639 << SS.getRange(); 9640 return 0; 9641 } 9642 } 9643 9644 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 9645 return 0; 9646 9647 SearchDC = DC; 9648 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 9649 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 9650 9651 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9652 return 0; 9653 9654 if (Previous.empty()) { 9655 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 9656 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 9657 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 9658 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 9659 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 9660 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 9661 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 9662 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9663 IsDependent = true; 9664 return 0; 9665 } 9666 9667 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 9668 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 9669 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 9670 Name = 0; 9671 Invalid = true; 9672 goto CreateNewDecl; 9673 } 9674 } else if (Name) { 9675 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 9676 // declaration or definition. 9677 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 9678 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 9679 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 9680 LookupName(Previous, S); 9681 9682 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 9683 // by types using'ed into this scope. 9684 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 9685 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 9686 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9687 while (F.hasNext()) { 9688 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9689 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 9690 F.erase(); 9691 } 9692 F.done(); 9693 } 9694 9695 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 9696 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 9697 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 9698 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 9699 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 9700 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 9701 // 9702 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 9703 // semantic context? 9704 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9705 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9706 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9707 while (F.hasNext()) { 9708 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9709 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9710 if (DC->isFileContext() && !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) 9711 F.erase(); 9712 } 9713 F.done(); 9714 } 9715 9716 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 9717 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9718 return 0; 9719 9720 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 9721 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 9722 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 9723 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 9724 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 9725 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 9726 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9727 } 9728 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 9729 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 9730 // initial context to the translation unit. 9731 // FIXME: [citation needed] 9732 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9733 } 9734 9735 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 9736 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 9737 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9738 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9739 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9740 Previous.clear(); 9741 } 9742 9743 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 9744 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 9745 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 9746 isStdBadAlloc = true; 9747 9748 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 9749 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 9750 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 9751 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 9752 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 9753 } 9754 } 9755 9756 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 9757 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 9758 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 9759 // there's a shadow friend decl. 9760 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 9761 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9762 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 9763 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 9764 9765 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9766 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 9767 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 9768 // 9769 // class-key identifier 9770 // 9771 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 9772 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 9773 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 9774 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 9775 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 9776 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 9777 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 9778 // declaration. 9779 // 9780 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 9781 // C structs and unions. 9782 // 9783 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 9784 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 9785 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 9786 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 9787 // 9788 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 9789 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 9790 // 9791 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 9792 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 9793 // lexical context, 9794 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9795 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9796 9797 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 9798 while (S->isClassScope() || 9799 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9800 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 9801 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 9802 (S->getEntity() && 9803 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 9804 S = S->getParent(); 9805 } else { 9806 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 9807 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 9808 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 9809 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 9810 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 9811 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9812 } 9813 9814 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 9815 // diagnose some problems. 9816 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9817 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 9818 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 9819 } 9820 } 9821 9822 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9823 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 9824 9825 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 9826 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 9827 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 9828 // in C++. 9829 // 9830 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9831 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9832 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9833 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9834 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9835 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9836 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9837 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9838 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9839 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9840 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9841 PrevDecl = Tag; 9842 Previous.clear(); 9843 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9844 Previous.resolveKind(); 9845 } 9846 } 9847 } 9848 } 9849 9850 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9851 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9852 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9853 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9854 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9855 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9856 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 9857 // struct or something similar. 9858 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 9859 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 9860 *Name)) { 9861 bool SafeToContinue 9862 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 9863 Kind != TTK_Enum); 9864 if (SafeToContinue) 9865 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 9866 << Name 9867 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 9868 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 9869 else 9870 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9871 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9872 9873 if (SafeToContinue) 9874 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9875 else { 9876 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9877 Name = 0; 9878 Previous.clear(); 9879 Invalid = true; 9880 } 9881 } 9882 9883 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9884 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9885 9886 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9887 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9888 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9889 if (ScopedEnum) 9890 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9891 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9892 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9893 return PrevTagDecl; 9894 } 9895 9896 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9897 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9898 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9899 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9900 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9901 9902 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9903 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9904 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9905 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9906 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9907 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9908 } 9909 9910 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 9911 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 9912 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 9913 // and then later defined. 9914 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 9915 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9916 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 9917 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9918 } 9919 9920 if (!Invalid) { 9921 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9922 9923 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9924 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9925 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9926 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9927 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9928 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9929 return PrevTagDecl; 9930 9931 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9932 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9933 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9934 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9935 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9936 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9937 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9938 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9939 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9940 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9941 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9942 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9943 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9944 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9945 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9946 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9947 } 9948 9949 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9950 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9951 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9952 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9953 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9954 else 9955 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9956 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9957 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9958 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9959 // references get the previous definition. 9960 Name = 0; 9961 Previous.clear(); 9962 Invalid = true; 9963 } 9964 } else { 9965 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9966 // about a nested redefinition. 9967 const TagType *Tag 9968 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9969 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9970 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9971 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9972 diag::note_previous_definition); 9973 Name = 0; 9974 Previous.clear(); 9975 Invalid = true; 9976 } 9977 } 9978 9979 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9980 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9981 } 9982 } 9983 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9984 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9985 9986 } else { 9987 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9988 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9989 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9990 // have distinct types. 9991 Previous.clear(); 9992 } 9993 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9994 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9995 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9996 9997 9998 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9999 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 10000 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 10001 } else { 10002 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 10003 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 10004 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 10005 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 10006 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 10007 unsigned Kind = 0; 10008 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10009 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10010 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10011 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 10012 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 10013 Invalid = true; 10014 10015 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 10016 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 10017 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10018 // do nothing 10019 10020 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 10021 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10022 unsigned Kind = 0; 10023 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10024 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10025 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10026 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 10027 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10028 Invalid = true; 10029 10030 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 10031 // case here. 10032 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10033 unsigned Kind = 0; 10034 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10035 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 10036 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 10037 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10038 Invalid = true; 10039 10040 // Otherwise, diagnose. 10041 } else { 10042 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 10043 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 10044 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 10045 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10046 Name = 0; 10047 Invalid = true; 10048 } 10049 10050 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 10051 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 10052 Previous.clear(); 10053 } 10054 } 10055 10056CreateNewDecl: 10057 10058 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10059 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 10060 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10061 10062 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 10063 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 10064 // keyword. 10065 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 10066 10067 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 10068 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 10069 // PrevDecl. 10070 TagDecl *New; 10071 10072 bool IsForwardReference = false; 10073 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10074 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10075 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 10076 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10077 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 10078 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 10079 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 10080 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 10081 TagDecl *Def; 10082 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 10083 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 10084 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 10085 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 10086 } 10087 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 10088 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 10089 << New; 10090 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10091 } else { 10092 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 10093 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 10094 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 10095 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10096 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 10097 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 10098 10099 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 10100 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 10101 // the declaration context. 10102 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 10103 IsForwardReference = true; 10104 } 10105 } 10106 10107 if (EnumUnderlying) { 10108 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 10109 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10110 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 10111 else 10112 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 10113 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 10114 } 10115 10116 } else { 10117 // struct/union/class 10118 10119 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10120 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 10121 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10122 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 10123 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10124 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10125 10126 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 10127 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 10128 } else 10129 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10130 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10131 } 10132 10133 // Maybe add qualifier info. 10134 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10135 if (SS.isSet()) { 10136 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 10137 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 10138 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 10139 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 10140 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 10141 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 10142 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 10143 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 10144 Invalid = true; 10145 10146 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 10147 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 10148 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 10149 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 10150 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10151 } 10152 } 10153 else 10154 Invalid = true; 10155 } 10156 10157 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 10158 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 10159 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 10160 // 10161 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 10162 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 10163 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 10164 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 10165 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 10166 // parsing of the struct). 10167 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10168 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 10169 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 10170 } 10171 } 10172 10173 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 10174 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 10175 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 10176 << 2 10177 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 10178 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 10179 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 10180 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 10181 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10182 New->setModulePrivate(); 10183 } 10184 10185 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 10186 // check the specialization. 10187 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 10188 Invalid = true; 10189 10190 if (Invalid) 10191 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10192 10193 if (Attr) 10194 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10195 10196 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 10197 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 10198 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10199 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 10200 10201 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 10202 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 10203 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10204 10205 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 10206 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 10207 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 10208 // the tag name visible. 10209 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 10210 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 10211 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 10212 10213 // Set the access specifier. 10214 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 10215 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 10216 10217 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 10218 New->startDefinition(); 10219 10220 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10221 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10222 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 10223 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 10224 if (PrevDecl) 10225 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 10226 10227 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10228 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10229 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 10230 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 10231 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 10232 } else if (Name) { 10233 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10234 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 10235 if (IsForwardReference) 10236 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10237 10238 } else { 10239 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10240 } 10241 10242 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 10243 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 10244 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 10245 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 10246 II->isStr("FILE")) 10247 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 10248 10249 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 10250 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 10251 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10252 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 10253 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 10254 10255 if (PrevDecl) 10256 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 10257 10258 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10259 // record. 10260 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 10261 10262 OwnedDecl = true; 10263 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 10264 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 10265 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 10266} 10267 10268void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10269 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10270 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10271 10272 // Enter the tag context. 10273 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 10274 10275 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 10276 10277 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10278 // record. 10279 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 10280} 10281 10282Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 10283 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 10284 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 10285 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 10286 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 10287 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 10288 CurContext = OCD; 10289 return IDecl; 10290} 10291 10292void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10293 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 10294 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 10295 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10296 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 10297 10298 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 10299 10300 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 10301 return; 10302 10303 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 10304 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 10305 10306 // C++ [class]p2: 10307 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 10308 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 10309 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 10310 // as if it were a public member name. 10311 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 10312 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 10313 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 10314 Record->getIdentifier(), 10315 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 10316 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 10317 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 10318 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 10319 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 10320 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 10321 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 10322 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 10323 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 10324 "Broken injected-class-name"); 10325} 10326 10327void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10328 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 10329 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10330 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10331 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 10332 10333 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10334 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10335 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 10336 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10337 RD->completeDefinition(); 10338 } 10339 10340 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 10341 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 10342 10343 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 10344 PopDeclContext(); 10345 10346 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10347 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10348 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 10349 10350 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 10351 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 10352} 10353 10354void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 10355 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 10356 PopDeclContext(); 10357} 10358 10359void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10360 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 10361 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 10362 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 10363} 10364 10365void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10366 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 10367 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 10368} 10369 10370void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10371 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10372 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10373 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 10374 10375 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10376 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10377 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10378 RD->completeDefinition(); 10379 } 10380 10381 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 10382 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 10383 // the FieldCollector. 10384 10385 PopDeclContext(); 10386} 10387 10388// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 10389ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 10390 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 10391 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 10392 bool *ZeroWidth) { 10393 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 10394 if (ZeroWidth) 10395 *ZeroWidth = true; 10396 10397 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 10398 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 10399 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10400 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 10401 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 10402 return ExprError(); 10403 if (FieldName) 10404 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 10405 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10406 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 10407 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10408 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 10409 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 10410 return ExprError(); 10411 10412 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 10413 // it now. 10414 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 10415 return Owned(BitWidth); 10416 10417 llvm::APSInt Value; 10418 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 10419 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 10420 return ICE; 10421 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 10422 10423 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 10424 *ZeroWidth = false; 10425 10426 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 10427 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 10428 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 10429 10430 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 10431 if (FieldName) 10432 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10433 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 10434 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10435 << Value.toString(10); 10436 } 10437 10438 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 10439 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 10440 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 10441 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10442 if (FieldName) 10443 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10444 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10445 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10446 10447 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10448 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10449 } 10450 10451 if (FieldName) 10452 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10453 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10454 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10455 else 10456 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10457 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10458 } 10459 } 10460 10461 return Owned(BitWidth); 10462} 10463 10464/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 10465/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 10466Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 10467 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 10468 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 10469 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 10470 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 10471 return Res; 10472} 10473 10474/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 10475/// 10476FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 10477 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10478 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 10479 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10480 AccessSpecifier AS) { 10481 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10482 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10483 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10484 10485 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10486 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10487 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10488 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10489 10490 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 10491 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 10492 D.setInvalidType(); 10493 T = Context.IntTy; 10494 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 10495 } 10496 } 10497 10498 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 10499 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 10500 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 10501 D.setInvalidType(); 10502 } 10503 10504 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 10505 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 10506 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 10507 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 10508 D.setInvalidType(); 10509 } 10510 10511 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 10512 10513 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10514 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10515 diag::err_invalid_thread) 10516 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10517 10518 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 10519 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10520 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 10521 LookupName(Previous, S); 10522 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 10523 case LookupResult::Found: 10524 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 10525 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 10526 break; 10527 10528 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 10529 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10530 break; 10531 10532 case LookupResult::NotFound: 10533 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 10534 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 10535 break; 10536 } 10537 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 10538 10539 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10540 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10541 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10542 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10543 PrevDecl = 0; 10544 } 10545 10546 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 10547 PrevDecl = 0; 10548 10549 bool Mutable 10550 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 10551 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 10552 FieldDecl *NewFD 10553 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 10554 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 10555 10556 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10557 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10558 10559 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10560 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 10561 10562 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 10563 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 10564 // with the same name in the same scope. 10565 } else if (II) { 10566 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 10567 } else 10568 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 10569 10570 return NewFD; 10571} 10572 10573/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 10574/// 10575/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 10576/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 10577/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 10578/// created. 10579/// 10580/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 10581/// 10582/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 10583FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 10584 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 10585 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 10586 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 10587 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10588 SourceLocation TSSL, 10589 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 10590 Declarator *D) { 10591 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 10592 bool InvalidDecl = false; 10593 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 10594 10595 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 10596 // marking this declaration as invalid. 10597 if (T.isNull()) { 10598 InvalidDecl = true; 10599 T = Context.IntTy; 10600 } 10601 10602 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 10603 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10604 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10605 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 10606 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10607 InvalidDecl = true; 10608 } else { 10609 NamedDecl *Def; 10610 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 10611 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 10612 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10613 InvalidDecl = true; 10614 } 10615 } 10616 } 10617 10618 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 10619 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10620 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 10621 InvalidDecl = true; 10622 } 10623 10624 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10625 // than a variably modified type. 10626 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10627 bool SizeIsNegative; 10628 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 10629 10630 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 10631 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 10632 SizeIsNegative, 10633 Oversized); 10634 if (FixedTInfo) { 10635 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 10636 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 10637 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 10638 } else { 10639 if (SizeIsNegative) 10640 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 10641 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 10642 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 10643 << Oversized.toString(10); 10644 else 10645 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 10646 InvalidDecl = true; 10647 } 10648 } 10649 10650 // Fields can not have abstract class types 10651 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 10652 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10653 AbstractFieldType)) 10654 InvalidDecl = true; 10655 10656 bool ZeroWidth = false; 10657 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 10658 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 10659 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 10660 if (!BitWidth) { 10661 InvalidDecl = true; 10662 BitWidth = 0; 10663 ZeroWidth = false; 10664 } 10665 } 10666 10667 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 10668 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 10669 unsigned DiagID = 0; 10670 if (T->isReferenceType()) 10671 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 10672 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 10673 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 10674 10675 if (DiagID) { 10676 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 10677 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 10678 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 10679 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 10680 Mutable = false; 10681 InvalidDecl = true; 10682 } 10683 } 10684 10685 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 10686 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 10687 if (InvalidDecl) 10688 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10689 10690 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10691 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10692 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10693 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10694 } 10695 10696 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10697 if (Record->isUnion()) { 10698 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10699 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10700 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10701 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 10702 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 10703 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 10704 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 10705 // objects. 10706 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 10707 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10708 } 10709 } 10710 10711 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 10712 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 10713 // enabled. 10714 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 10715 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 10716 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 10717 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 10718 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 10719 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 10720 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10721 } 10722 } 10723 } 10724 10725 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 10726 // representation, not a parser representation. 10727 if (D) { 10728 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 10729 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 10730 10731 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 10732 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 10733 } 10734 10735 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 10736 // retainable type. 10737 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 10738 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10739 10740 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 10741 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 10742 10743 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 10744 return NewFD; 10745} 10746 10747bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 10748 assert(FD); 10749 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 10750 10751 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10752 return false; 10753 10754 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10755 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10756 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10757 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10758 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 10759 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 10760 // copy constructors. 10761 10762 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 10763 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 10764 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 10765 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 10766 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 10767 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 10768 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 10769 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 10770 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 10771 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 10772 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 10773 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 10774 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 10775 member = CXXDestructor; 10776 10777 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 10778 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10779 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 10780 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 10781 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 10782 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 10783 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 10784 // members unavailable. 10785 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 10786 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 10787 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 10788 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 10789 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10790 return false; 10791 } 10792 } 10793 10794 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 10795 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 10796 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 10797 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 10798 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 10799 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 10800 } 10801 } 10802 } 10803 10804 return false; 10805} 10806 10807/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 10808/// AST enum value. 10809static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 10810TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 10811 switch (ivarVisibility) { 10812 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 10813 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 10814 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 10815 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 10816 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 10817 } 10818} 10819 10820/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 10821/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 10822Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 10823 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10824 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 10825 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 10826 10827 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10828 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 10829 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10830 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10831 10832 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 10833 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 10834 10835 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10836 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10837 10838 if (BitWidth) { 10839 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 10840 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 10841 if (!BitWidth) 10842 D.setInvalidType(); 10843 } else { 10844 // Not a bitfield. 10845 10846 // validate II. 10847 10848 } 10849 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 10850 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 10851 D.setInvalidType(); 10852 } 10853 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10854 // than a variably modified type. 10855 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10856 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 10857 D.setInvalidType(); 10858 } 10859 10860 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 10861 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 10862 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 10863 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 10864 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 10865 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 10866 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10867 return 0; 10868 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 10869 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10870 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10871 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10872 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10873 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10874 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10875 } 10876 else 10877 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10878 } else { 10879 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10880 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10881 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10882 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10883 return 0; 10884 } 10885 } 10886 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10887 } 10888 10889 // Construct the decl. 10890 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10891 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10892 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10893 10894 if (II) { 10895 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10896 ForRedeclaration); 10897 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10898 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10899 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10900 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10901 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10902 } 10903 } 10904 10905 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10906 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10907 10908 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10909 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10910 10911 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10912 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10913 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10914 10915 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10916 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10917 10918 if (II) { 10919 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10920 // these to the interface. 10921 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10922 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10923 } 10924 10925 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10926 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10927 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10928 10929 return NewID; 10930} 10931 10932/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10933/// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 10934/// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10935/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10936void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10937 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10938 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10939 return; 10940 10941 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10942 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10943 10944 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10945 return; 10946 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10947 if (!ID) { 10948 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10949 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10950 return; 10951 } 10952 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10953 else 10954 return; 10955 } 10956 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10957 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10958 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10959 10960 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10961 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10962 Context.CharTy, 10963 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10964 DeclLoc), 10965 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10966 true); 10967 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10968} 10969 10970void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10971 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10972 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10973 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10974 AttributeList *Attr) { 10975 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10976 10977 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10978 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10979 // it will now change. 10980 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10981 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10982 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10983 default: break; 10984 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10985 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10986 break; 10987 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10988 Context. 10989 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10990 break; 10991 } 10992 } 10993 10994 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10995 10996 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10997 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10998 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10999 if (Record) { 11000 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 11001 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 11002 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 11003 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 11004 ++NumNamedMembers; 11005 } 11006 } 11007 11008 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 11009 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 11010 11011 bool ARCErrReported = false; 11012 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 11013 i != end; ++i) { 11014 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 11015 11016 // Get the type for the field. 11017 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 11018 11019 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 11020 // Remember all fields written by the user. 11021 RecFields.push_back(FD); 11022 } 11023 11024 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 11025 // diagnostics about it. 11026 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11027 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11028 continue; 11029 } 11030 11031 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 11032 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 11033 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 11034 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 11035 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 11036 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 11037 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 11038 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 11039 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 11040 // array. 11041 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 11042 // Field declared as a function. 11043 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 11044 << FD->getDeclName(); 11045 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11046 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11047 continue; 11048 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 11049 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 11050 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 11051 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 11052 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 11053 // Flexible array member. 11054 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 11055 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 11056 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 11057 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 11058 if (Record->isUnion()) 11059 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 11060 << FD->getDeclName(); 11061 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11062 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 11063 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11064 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11065 if (Record->isUnion()) 11066 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11067 << FD->getDeclName(); 11068 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11069 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 11070 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11071 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 11072 if (Record->isUnion()) 11073 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 11074 << FD->getDeclName(); 11075 else 11076 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 11077 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11078 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 11079 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 11080 << FD->getDeclName(); 11081 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11082 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11083 continue; 11084 } 11085 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 11086 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 11087 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 11088 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11089 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11090 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11091 continue; 11092 } 11093 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 11094 if (Record) 11095 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11096 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 11097 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11098 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11099 // Incomplete type 11100 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11101 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11102 continue; 11103 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11104 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 11105 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 11106 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 11107 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11108 } else { 11109 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 11110 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 11111 // structures. 11112 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 11113 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 11114 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11115 else { 11116 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 11117 // other structs as an extension. 11118 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 11119 << FD->getDeclName(); 11120 if (Record) 11121 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11122 } 11123 } 11124 } 11125 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 11126 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11127 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11128 AbstractIvarType)) { 11129 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 11130 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11131 } 11132 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11133 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11134 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 11135 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11136 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 11137 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 11138 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 11139 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 11140 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 11141 FD->setType(T); 11142 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 11143 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 11144 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 11145 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 11146 // so we just make the field unavailable. 11147 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 11148 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 11149 QualType T = FD->getType(); 11150 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 11151 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 11152 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 11153 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 11154 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 11155 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 11156 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 11157 } 11158 } else { 11159 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 11160 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 11161 } 11162 ARCErrReported = true; 11163 } 11164 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11165 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 11166 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 11167 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11168 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 11169 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11170 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 11171 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11172 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 11173 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11174 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11175 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11176 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 11177 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11178 } 11179 } 11180 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 11181 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11182 // Keep track of the number of named members. 11183 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 11184 ++NumNamedMembers; 11185 } 11186 11187 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 11188 if (Record) { 11189 bool Completed = false; 11190 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 11191 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 11192 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 11193 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 11194 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 11195 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 11196 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 11197 11198 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 11199 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 11200 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 11201 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11202 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 11203 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11204 11205 // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body 11206 // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as 11207 // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor. 11208 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) 11209 CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11210 } 11211 11212 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 11213 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 11214 11215 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 11216 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 11217 // problem now. 11218 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 11219 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 11220 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 11221 11222 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 11223 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 11224 M != MEnd; ++M) { 11225 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 11226 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 11227 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 11228 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 11229 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 11230 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 11231 continue; 11232 11233 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 11234 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 11235 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 11236 // program is ill-formed. 11237 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 11238 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 11239 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 11240 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 11241 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 11242 OM = SO->second.begin(), 11243 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 11244 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 11245 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 11246 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 11247 11248 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11249 } 11250 } 11251 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 11252 Completed = true; 11253 } 11254 } 11255 } 11256 } 11257 11258 if (!Completed) 11259 Record->completeDefinition(); 11260 11261 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 11262 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 11263 11264 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a language extension. 11265 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11266 bool ZeroSize = true; 11267 bool IsEmpty = true; 11268 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 11269 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 11270 E = Record->field_end(); 11271 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 11272 IsEmpty = false; 11273 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 11274 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 11275 ZeroSize = false; 11276 } else { 11277 ++NonBitFields; 11278 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 11279 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 11280 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 11281 ZeroSize = false; 11282 } 11283 } 11284 11285 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but are allowed in 11286 // C++. 11287 if (ZeroSize) 11288 Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) << IsEmpty 11289 << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 11290 11291 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but 11292 // are accepted by GCC. 11293 if (NonBitFields == 0) { 11294 if (IsEmpty) 11295 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_empty_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 11296 else 11297 Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) << Record->isUnion(); 11298 } 11299 } 11300 } else { 11301 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 11302 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 11303 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11304 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 11305 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 11306 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11307 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 11308 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11309 } 11310 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 11311 // duplicates. 11312 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 11313 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 11314 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11315 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11316 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 11317 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 11318 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 11319 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 11320 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 11321 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 11322 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11323 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11324 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11325 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11326 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 11327 // reported as errors elsewhere. 11328 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 11329 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 11330 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 11331 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 11332 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 11333 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11334 if (IDecl) { 11335 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 11336 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11337 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11338 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11339 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11340 continue; 11341 } 11342 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 11343 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 11344 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 11345 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 11346 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 11347 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11348 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11349 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11350 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11351 continue; 11352 } 11353 } 11354 } 11355 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 11356 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11357 } 11358 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11359 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11360 } 11361 } 11362 11363 if (Attr) 11364 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 11365} 11366 11367/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 11368/// the given type T. 11369static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 11370 llvm::APSInt &Value, 11371 QualType T) { 11372 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11373 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 11374 11375 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 11376 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 11377 --BitWidth; 11378 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 11379 } 11380 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 11381} 11382 11383// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 11384// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 11385static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 11386 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 11387 // enum checking below. 11388 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11389 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 11390 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11391 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 11392 }; 11393 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11394 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 11395 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 11396 }; 11397 11398 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 11399 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 11400 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 11401 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 11402 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 11403 return Types[I]; 11404 11405 return QualType(); 11406} 11407 11408EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 11409 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 11410 SourceLocation IdLoc, 11411 IdentifierInfo *Id, 11412 Expr *Val) { 11413 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11414 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 11415 QualType EltTy; 11416 11417 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 11418 Val = 0; 11419 11420 if (Val) 11421 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 11422 11423 if (Val) { 11424 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 11425 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11426 else { 11427 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 11428 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 11429 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11430 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 11431 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 11432 // constant expression of the underlying type. 11433 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11434 ExprResult Converted = 11435 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 11436 CCEK_Enumerator); 11437 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 11438 Val = 0; 11439 else 11440 Val = Converted.take(); 11441 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 11442 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 11443 &EnumVal).take())) { 11444 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 11445 } else { 11446 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11447 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11448 11449 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 11450 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 11451 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 11452 // expression checking. 11453 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11454 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11455 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11456 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11457 } else 11458 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11459 } else 11460 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11461 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11462 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 11463 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11464 // is the type of its initializing value: 11465 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 11466 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 11467 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11468 } else { 11469 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 11470 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 11471 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 11472 // representable as an int. 11473 11474 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 11475 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 11476 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11477 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 11478 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 11479 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 11480 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 11481 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11482 } 11483 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11484 } 11485 } 11486 } 11487 } 11488 11489 if (!Val) { 11490 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 11491 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11492 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 11493 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11494 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11495 // is the type of its initializing value: 11496 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 11497 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 11498 // 11499 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 11500 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 11501 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11502 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11503 } 11504 else { 11505 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 11506 } 11507 } else { 11508 // Assign the last value + 1. 11509 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11510 ++EnumVal; 11511 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 11512 11513 // Check for overflow on increment. 11514 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 11515 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11516 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11517 // is the type of its initializing value: 11518 // 11519 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 11520 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 11521 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 11522 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 11523 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 11524 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 11525 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 11526 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 11527 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 11528 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 11529 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11530 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 11531 ++EnumVal; 11532 if (Enum->isFixed()) 11533 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 11534 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 11535 << EnumVal.toString(10) 11536 << EltTy; 11537 else 11538 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 11539 << EnumVal.toString(10); 11540 } else { 11541 EltTy = T; 11542 } 11543 11544 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 11545 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 11546 // value, then increment. 11547 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11548 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11549 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11550 ++EnumVal; 11551 11552 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 11553 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 11554 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 11555 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 11556 // integral type. 11557 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 11558 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 11559 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11560 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11561 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 11562 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11563 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 11564 } 11565 } 11566 } 11567 11568 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11569 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 11570 // enumerator's type. 11571 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11572 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11573 } 11574 11575 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 11576 Val, EnumVal); 11577} 11578 11579 11580Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 11581 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 11582 AttributeList *Attr, 11583 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 11584 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 11585 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 11586 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 11587 11588 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 11589 // we find one that is. 11590 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11591 11592 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 11593 // scope. 11594 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 11595 ForRedeclaration); 11596 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11597 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11598 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 11599 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11600 PrevDecl = 0; 11601 } 11602 11603 if (PrevDecl) { 11604 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 11605 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 11606 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 11607 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 11608 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 11609 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11610 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 11611 else 11612 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 11613 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11614 return 0; 11615 } 11616 } 11617 11618 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 11619 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 11620 // different from T: 11621 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 11622 // enumerated type 11623 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 11624 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 11625 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 11626 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 11627 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 11628 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 11629 11630 EnumConstantDecl *New = 11631 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 11632 11633 if (New) { 11634 // Process attributes. 11635 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11636 11637 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 11638 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 11639 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 11640 } 11641 11642 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 11643 11644 return New; 11645} 11646 11647// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 11648// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 11649// Element2 = Element1 11650// Element2 = Element1 + 1 11651// Element2 = Element1 - 1 11652// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 11653static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 11654 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 11655 if (!InitExpr) 11656 return true; 11657 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 11658 11659 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 11660 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 11661 return true; 11662 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 11663 if (!IL) 11664 return true; 11665 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 11666 return true; 11667 11668 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 11669 } 11670 11671 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 11672 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 11673 if (!DRE) 11674 return true; 11675 11676 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 11677 if (!EnumConstant) 11678 return true; 11679 11680 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 11681 Enum) 11682 return true; 11683 11684 return false; 11685} 11686 11687struct DupKey { 11688 int64_t val; 11689 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 11690 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 11691 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 11692}; 11693 11694static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 11695 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 11696 false); 11697} 11698 11699struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 11700 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 11701 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 11702 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 11703 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 11704 } 11705 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 11706 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 11707 LHS.val == RHS.val; 11708 } 11709}; 11710 11711// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 11712// a previous element has already been set to. 11713static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 11714 EnumDecl *Enum, 11715 QualType EnumType) { 11716 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 11717 Enum->getLocation()) == 11718 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 11719 return; 11720 // Avoid anonymous enums 11721 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 11722 return; 11723 11724 // Only check for small enums. 11725 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 11726 return; 11727 11728 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 11729 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 11730 11731 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 11732 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 11733 ValueToVectorMap; 11734 11735 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 11736 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 11737 11738 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 11739 // an initialier. 11740 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11741 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11742 11743 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 11744 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 11745 if (!ECD) { 11746 return; 11747 } 11748 11749 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 11750 continue; 11751 11752 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11753 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11754 11755 // First time encountering this value. 11756 if (Entry.isNull()) 11757 Entry = ECD; 11758 } 11759 11760 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 11761 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11762 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11763 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 11764 continue; 11765 11766 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11767 11768 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11769 if (Entry.isNull()) 11770 continue; 11771 11772 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 11773 // Ensure constants are different. 11774 if (D == ECD) 11775 continue; 11776 11777 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 11778 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 11779 Vec->push_back(D); 11780 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11781 11782 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 11783 Entry = Vec; 11784 11785 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 11786 // diagnostics. 11787 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 11788 continue; 11789 } 11790 11791 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 11792 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 11793 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 11794 continue; 11795 11796 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11797 } 11798 11799 // Emit diagnostics. 11800 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 11801 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 11802 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 11803 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 11804 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 11805 11806 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 11807 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 11808 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 11809 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11810 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11811 ++I; 11812 11813 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 11814 // the same value. 11815 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 11816 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 11817 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11818 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11819 delete Vec; 11820 } 11821} 11822 11823void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 11824 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 11825 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 11826 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 11827 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 11828 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 11829 11830 if (Attr) 11831 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 11832 11833 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 11834 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11835 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11836 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11837 if (!ECD) continue; 11838 11839 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11840 } 11841 11842 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 11843 return; 11844 } 11845 11846 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 11847 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 11848 // emit a warning. 11849 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11850 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 11851 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 11852 11853 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 11854 // reverse the list. 11855 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 11856 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 11857 11858 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 11859 bool AllElementsInt = true; 11860 11861 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11862 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11863 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11864 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11865 11866 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11867 11868 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 11869 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 11870 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 11871 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 11872 else 11873 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 11874 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 11875 11876 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 11877 if (AllElementsInt) 11878 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 11879 } 11880 11881 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 11882 QualType BestType; 11883 unsigned BestWidth; 11884 11885 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 11886 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 11887 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 11888 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 11889 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 11890 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 11891 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 11892 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 11893 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 11894 QualType BestPromotionType; 11895 11896 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 11897 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 11898 // enum definitions. 11899 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 11900 Packed = true; 11901 11902 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11903 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11904 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 11905 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 11906 else 11907 BestPromotionType = BestType; 11908 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 11909 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 11910 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 11911 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11912 } 11913 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 11914 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 11915 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 11916 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11917 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 11918 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 11919 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11920 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 11921 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 11922 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 11923 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11924 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 11925 BestType = Context.IntTy; 11926 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11927 } else { 11928 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 11929 11930 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 11931 BestType = Context.LongTy; 11932 } else { 11933 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11934 11935 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 11936 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 11937 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 11938 } 11939 } 11940 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 11941 } else { 11942 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 11943 // all of the enumerator values. 11944 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11945 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 11946 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 11947 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11948 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11949 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 11950 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 11951 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11952 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11953 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 11954 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 11955 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11956 BestPromotionType 11957 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11958 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 11959 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 11960 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 11961 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11962 BestPromotionType 11963 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11964 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11965 } else { 11966 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11967 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11968 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11969 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11970 BestPromotionType 11971 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11972 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11973 } 11974 } 11975 11976 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11977 // the type of the enum if needed. 11978 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11979 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11980 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11981 11982 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11983 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11984 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11985 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11986 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11987 11988 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11989 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11990 11991 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11992 // the enum decl type. 11993 QualType NewTy; 11994 unsigned NewWidth; 11995 bool NewSign; 11996 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11997 !Enum->isFixed() && 11998 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11999 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 12000 NewWidth = IntWidth; 12001 NewSign = true; 12002 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 12003 // Already the right type! 12004 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12005 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12006 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12007 // enumeration. 12008 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12009 continue; 12010 } else { 12011 NewTy = BestType; 12012 NewWidth = BestWidth; 12013 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 12014 } 12015 12016 // Adjust the APSInt value. 12017 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 12018 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 12019 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 12020 12021 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 12022 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 12023 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 12024 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 12025 CK_IntegralCast, 12026 ECD->getInitExpr(), 12027 /*base paths*/ 0, 12028 VK_RValue)); 12029 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12030 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12031 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12032 // enumeration. 12033 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12034 else 12035 ECD->setType(NewTy); 12036 } 12037 12038 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 12039 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 12040 12041 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 12042 // it needs to go into the function scope. 12043 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 12044 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 12045 12046 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 12047 12048 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 12049 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 12050 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 12051} 12052 12053Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 12054 SourceLocation StartLoc, 12055 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 12056 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 12057 12058 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12059 AsmString, StartLoc, 12060 EndLoc); 12061 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12062 return New; 12063} 12064 12065DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 12066 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 12067 ModuleIdPath Path) { 12068 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 12069 Module::AllVisible, 12070 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 12071 if (!Mod) 12072 return true; 12073 12074 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 12075 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 12076 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 12077 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 12078 // We need the length to be consistent. 12079 if (!ModCheck) 12080 break; 12081 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 12082 12083 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 12084 } 12085 12086 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 12087 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 12088 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 12089 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 12090 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 12091 return Import; 12092} 12093 12094void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 12095 // Create the implicit import declaration. 12096 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12097 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 12098 Loc, Mod, Loc); 12099 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 12100 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 12101 12102 // Make the module visible. 12103 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 12104 /*Complain=*/false); 12105} 12106 12107void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12108 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12109 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12110 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12111 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12112 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 12113 LookupOrdinaryName); 12114 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 12115 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 12116 12117 if (PrevDecl) 12118 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 12119 else 12120 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12121 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 12122} 12123 12124void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12125 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12126 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12127 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 12128 12129 if (PrevDecl) { 12130 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 12131 } else { 12132 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12133 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 12134 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 12135 } 12136} 12137 12138void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 12139 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 12140 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 12141 SourceLocation NameLoc, 12142 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 12143 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 12144 LookupOrdinaryName); 12145 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 12146 12147 if (PrevDecl) { 12148 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 12149 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12150 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 12151 } else { 12152 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 12153 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 12154 } 12155} 12156 12157Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 12158 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 12159} 12160 12161AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 12162 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 12163 return D->getAvailability(); 12164} 12165